Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

OR

 

o         TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                 to                

 

Commission File Number: 1-33476

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

United States

 

56-2480744

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

1818 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

19103

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (215) 864-6000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web Site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

(Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer o

Accelerated Filer x

 

 

 

 

Non-Accelerated Filer o

Smaller Reporting Company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2013 was approximately $277.2 million.  As of March 10, 2014, there were 76,670,126 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.  Of such shares outstanding, 45,792,775 were held by Beneficial Savings Bank MHC and 30,877,351 shares were publicly held.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated byreference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

INDEX

 

 

 

Page

 

Part I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

1

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

19

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

23

Item 2.

Properties

23

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

23

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

23

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

24

Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Other Data

26

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

28

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

61

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

61

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

61

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

61

Item 9B.

Other Information

66

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

66

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

66

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

66

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

67

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

67

 

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

68

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 



Table of Contents

 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and may describe future plans, strategies and expectations of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project” or similar expressions. Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, national and regional economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board, the quality and composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s market area, changes in real estate market values in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s market area, changes in relevant accounting principles and guidelines and inability of third party service providers to perform. Additional factors that may affect our results are discussed in Item 1A to this annual report titled “Risk Factors” below.

 

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to release publicly the result of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this annual report to “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

PART I

 

Item 1.                            BUSINESS

 

General

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) was organized in 2004 under the laws of the United States in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of Beneficial Bank (the “Bank”), a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank which has also operated under the name Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank.  In connection with the reorganization, the Company became the wholly owned subsidiary of Beneficial Savings Bank MHC (the “MHC”), a federally chartered mutual holding company.  In addition, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank.

 

The Company’s business activities are the ownership of the Bank’s capital stock and the management of the proceeds it retained in connection with its initial public offering.  The Company does not own or lease any property but instead uses the premises, equipment and other property of the Bank with the payment of appropriate rental fees, as required by applicable law and regulations, under the terms of an expense allocation agreement.

 

The Bank was founded in 1853.  We have served the financial needs of our depositors and the local community since our founding and are a community-minded, customer service-focused institution.  We offer traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in our market areas.  We attract deposits from the general public and use those funds to originate a variety of loans, including commercial real estate loans, consumer loans, home equity loans, one-to-four family real estate loans, commercial business loans and construction loans.  We offer insurance brokerage and investment advisory services through our wholly owned subsidiaries, Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC and Beneficial Advisors, LLC, respectively.

 

On July 13, 2007, the Company completed its initial public offering in which it sold 23,606,625 shares, or 28.70%, of its outstanding common stock to the public, including 3,224,772 shares purchased by the Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust (the “ESOP”).  In addition, 45,792,775 shares, or 55.67% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, were issued to the MHC.  To further emphasize the Bank’s existing community activities, the Company also contributed $500,000 in cash and issued 950,000 shares, or 1.15% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, to The Beneficial Foundation (the “Foundation”), a Pennsylvania nonstock charitable foundation organized by the Company in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

In addition to completing its initial public offering in July 2007, the Company issued 11,915,200 shares, or 14.48% of its outstanding common stock, to stockholders of FMS Financial Corporation (“FMS Financial”) in connection with the Company’s acquisition of FMS Financial.  In the merger, FMS Financial merged with and into the Company and FMS Financial’s wholly owned subsidiary, Farmers & Mechanics Bank, merged with and into the Bank.

 

In April 2012, the Company acquired SE Financial Corp. (“SE Financial”) and, immediately, thereafter, St. Edmond’s Federal Savings Bank, the wholly owned subsidiary of SE Financial, merged with and into the Bank.  SE Financial shareholders received $14.50 in cash for each share of SE Financial common stock they owned as of the effective date of the acquisition for a total of $29.4 million.  The results of SE Financial’s operations are included in the Company’s unaudited condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period beginning on April 3, 2012, the date of the acquisition, and in all subsequent periods.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

The acquisitions of SE Financial and St. Edmond’s increased the Company’s market share in southeastern Pennsylvania, specifically Philadelphia and Delaware Counties.  Additionally, the acquisition provided Beneficial with new branches in Roxborough, Pennsylvania and Deptford, New Jersey.

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s executive offices are located at 1818 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and our main telephone number is (215) 864-6000.  Our website address is http://www.thebeneficial.com.  Information on our website should not be considered part of this filing.

 

Market Area

 

We are headquartered in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  We currently operate 35 full-service banking offices in Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, Philadelphia and Bucks Counties, Pennsylvania and 25 full-service banking offices in Burlington, Gloucester, and Camden Counties, New Jersey.  We also operate one lending office in Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.  We regularly evaluate our network of banking offices to optimize the penetration of our market area in the most efficient way.  We will occasionally open or consolidate banking offices.

 

Philadelphia is the sixth largest metropolitan region in the United States and home to over 63 colleges and universities.  Traditionally, the economy of the Philadelphia metropolitan area was driven by the manufacturing and distribution sectors.  However, the region has evolved into a more diverse economy geared toward information and service-based businesses.  Currently, the leading employment sectors in the region are (i) educational and health services; (ii) transportation, trade and utilities services; (iii) professional and business services; and (iv) due to the region’s numerous historic attractions, leisure and hospitality services.  The region’s leading employers include Jefferson Health System, the University of Pennsylvania Health System, Merck & Company, Inc. and Comcast Corporation.  The Philadelphia metropolitan area has also evolved into one of the major corporate centers in the United States due to its geographic location, access to transportation, significant number of educational facilities to supply technical talent and available land for corporate and industrial development.  The Philadelphia metropolitan area is currently home to 13 Fortune 500 companies, including AmerisourceBergen, Comcast, Sunoco, DuPont, Aramark and Lincoln Financial.

 

According to a 2012 census estimate, the population of our eight-county primary retail market area totaled approximately 5.3 million.  Overall, the eight counties that comprise our primary retail market area provide attractive long-term growth potential by demonstrating relatively strong household income and wealth growth trends relative to national and state-wide projections.  However, the Philadelphia region is slowly recovering from the effects of the recent economic recession where falling home prices and sharply reduced sales volumes, along with the collapse of the United States’ subprime mortgage industry in 2008 that followed a national home price peak, significantly contributed to a recession that officially lasted until June 2009, although the effects continued thereafter.  The average unemployment rate for our eight-county primary retail market area in December 2013 was 6.8% compared to a national unemployment rate of 6.7%.  In addition, the average median household income for the Philadelphia metropolitan area was $57 thousand for 2012 compared to a national median household income of $50 thousand.

 

Competition

 

We face significant competition for the attraction of deposits and origination of loans.  Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the many banks, thrift institutions and credit unions operating in our market area and, to a lesser extent, from other financial service companies such as brokerage firms and insurance companies.  We also face competition for investors’ funds from money market funds, mutual funds and other corporate and government securities.

 

In recent years, several large holding companies that operate banks in our market area have experienced significant credit, capital and liquidity setbacks that have led to their acquisition by even larger holding companies, some of which are located outside of the United States, including Sovereign Bank and Commerce Bank, which were acquired by Banco Santander, S.A. and Toronto Dominion Bank, respectively.  In addition, Wachovia Bank, which held the largest deposit market share in our market area, has been acquired by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

Our competition for loans comes primarily from the competitors referenced above and other regional and local community banks, thrifts and credit unions and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers, as well as commercial real estate and multi-family brokers.  Competition for loans also comes from the increasing number of non-depository financial service companies participating in the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies.

 

We expect competition to remain intense in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry.  Technological advances, for example, have lowered barriers to entry, allowed banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the internet and made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks.  Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our growth in the future.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

Lending Activities

 

We offer a variety of loans including commercial, residential and consumer loans.  Our commercial loan portfolio includes business loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial construction loans. Our consumer loan portfolio primarily includes automobile loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, personal loans including recreational vehicles, manufactured housing and marine loans, and educational loans.  Our residential loan portfolio includes one-to-four family residential real estate loans and one-to-four family residential construction loans. Total loans decreased $105.5 million, or 4.3%, to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2013 from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2012.  Despite total loan originations of $560.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, our loan portfolio has decreased as a result of high commercial loan repayments due to the low rate environment which has resulted in high re-financings as well as continued weak loan demand. The increase in intermediate and long term interest rates during the second half of 2013 also resulted in lower mortgage loans originations due to decreased refinance activity.  Throughout 2013, we held in portfolio the majority of our agency eligible mortgage production as the yields on these mortgages were attractive compared to the rates available on investment securities.  As a result of this decision, our mortgage banking income decreased $1.7 million to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $2.7 million for the same period last year.

 

We continue to invest in and hire additional lenders to grow our loan portfolio. We are focused on commercial real estate, commercial and business, mortgage, and small business lending and adding lenders in each of those areas.  We will continue to proactively monitor and manage existing credit relationships.  During 2013, we have continued to invest in our credit risk management and lending staff and processes to position us for future growth.

 

We focus our lending efforts within our market area.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans.  At December 31, 2013, commercial real estate loans totaled $584.1 million, or 24.9%, of our total loan portfolio. This portfolio is comprised of loans for the acquisition (purchase), financing and/or refinancing of commercial real estate and the financing of income-producing real estate. Income-producing real estate includes real estate held for lease to third parties and nonresidential real estate.  These loans are generally non-owner occupied properties in which 50% or more of the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income from unaffiliated third-parties. The commercial real estate portfolio includes loans to finance hotels, motels, dormitories, nursing homes, assisted-living facilities, mini-storage warehouse facilities and similar non-owner occupied properties.

 

We offer both fixed and adjustable rate commercial real estate loans.  We originate a variety of commercial real estate loans generally for terms of up to 10 years and with payments generally based on an amortization schedule of up to 25 years.  Our fixed rate loans are typically based on either the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh’s borrowing rate or U.S. Treasury rate and generally most are fixed with a rate reset after a five year period.

 

When making commercial real estate loans, we consider the financial statements and tax returns of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history of its debt, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the real estate, leases for any of the tenants located at the collateral property and the value of the collateral.

 

As of December 31, 2013, our largest commercial real estate loan was a $21.7 million loan for a 136 unit hotel in the greater Philadelphia area.  The loan is well collateralized and was performing in accordance with its original terms at December 31, 2013.

 

Commercial Business Loans.  At December 31, 2013, commercial business loans totaled $378.7 million, or 16.2%, of our total loan portfolio. This portfolio is comprised of loans to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, and other business enterprises, whether secured or unsecured, single-payment or installment, for commercial, industrial and professional purposes as well as owner occupied real estate loans. Owner occupied real estate loans are loans where the primary source of repayment is the cash flow generated by the occupying business.  Proceeds from these loans may finance the acquisition or construction of business premises or may be used for other business purposes such as working capital.  In many cases, the owner of the occupying business owns the building in a separate entity and leases it to the business.  In owner-occupied property, more than 50% of the primary source of repayment is derived from the affiliated entity.  Properties such as hospitals, golf courses, recreational facilities, and car washes are considered owner-occupied unless leased to an unaffiliated party.

 

We offer lines of credit, intermediate term loans and long term loans primarily to assist businesses in achieving their growth objectives and/or working or long term capital needs.  The loans are typically LIBOR, bank prime, U.S. Treasury or Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh borrowing rate based. These loans are usually secured by business assets, including but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate.  Many of these loans include the personal guarantees of the owners or business owners.

 

When making commercial business loans, we review financial information of the borrowers and guarantors.  We apply a due diligence process that includes a review of the borrowers’/guarantors’ payment history, an understanding of the business and its industry, an assessment of the management capabilities, an analysis of the financial capacity, financial condition and cash flow of the borrower, an assessment of the collateral and when applicable a review of the guarantors’ financial capacity and condition.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2013, there were two loans that each had a $15.0 million outstanding balance.  The borrower of each loan is a Fortune 500 company and each loan is secured by substantially all the business assets of the respective borrower.  These loans are well collateralized and were performing in accordance with their original terms at December 31, 2013.

 

Commercial Construction Loans.  At December 31, 2013, commercial construction loans totaled $38.1 million, or 1.6%, of our total loan portfolio.  We have deemphasized this segment of our loan portfolio in recent periods based on prevailing market conditions. As market conditions improve, we expect that this portfolio will increase in future periods.

 

We offer commercial construction loans to commercial real estate construction developers in our market area. We offer loans secured by real estate, with original maturities of 60 months or less, made to finance land development costs incurred prior to erecting new structures (i.e., the process of improving land including laying sewers, water pipes, etc.) or the on-site construction of industrial, commercial, residential, or farm buildings. Commercial construction loans include loans secured by real estate which are used to acquire and improve developed and undeveloped property as well as used to alter or demolish existing structures to allow for new development.

 

We generally limit the number of model homes and homes built on speculation, and scheduled draws against executed agreements of sales as conditions of the commercial construction loans.

 

Commercial real estate construction loans are typically based upon the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal and/or LIBOR.  Commercial real estate loans for developed real estate and for real estate acquisition and development are originated generally with loan-to-value ratios up to 75%, while loans for the acquisition of land are originated with a maximum loan to value ratio of 65%.

 

When making commercial construction loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history, the projected cash flows from the proposed real estate collateral, and the value of the collateral.  In general, our real estate construction loans are guaranteed by the borrowers. We consider the financial statements and tax returns of the guarantors, along with the guarantors’ payment history, when underwriting a commercial construction loan.

 

At December 31, 2013, our largest commercial construction loan was a $6.7 million loan secured by a hotel located in Philadelphia and general business assets.  The loan is well collateralized and was performing in accordance with its original terms at December 31, 2013.

 

One-to-Four Family Residential Loans.  At December 31, 2013, residential loans totaled $683.7 million, or 29.2%, of our total loan portfolio.

 

We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans with terms of up to 30 years.  Approximately 92.7% of our outstanding residential loans are fixed rate.  We also offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans with interest rates and payments that adjust annually after an initial fixed period of one, three or five years.  Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the U.S. Treasury Security Index or LIBOR.  Our adjustable-rate single-family residential real estate loans generally have a cap of 2% on any increase or decrease in the interest rate at any adjustment date, and a maximum adjustment limit of 6% on any such increase or decrease over the life of the loan. In order to increase the originations of adjustable-rate loans, we have been originating loans which bear a fixed interest rate for a period of three to five years after which they convert to one-year adjustable-rate loans. Our adjustable-rate loans require that any payment adjustment resulting from a change in the interest rate be sufficient to result in full amortization of the loan by the end of the loan term and, thus, do not permit any of the increased payment to be added to the principal amount of the loan, creating negative amortization. Although we offer adjustable-rate loans with initial rates below the fully indexed rate, loans tied to the one-year constant maturity treasury (“CMT”) are underwritten using methods approved by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) or the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), which require borrowers to be qualified at a rate equal to 200 basis points above the note rate under certain conditions.

 

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate loans compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans. At December 31, 2013, floating or adjustable rate mortgage loans totaled approximately $50.0 million and fixed rate mortgage loans totaled approximately $633.7 million. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

 

All of our residential mortgage loans are consistently underwritten to standards established by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  In 2011, we began to sell the majority of our agency eligible mortgage production. During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, we made a decision to begin to hold in portfolio some of our agency eligible mortgage production as the yields on these mortgages were attractive compared to the rates available on investment securities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we originated $174.2 million of residential loans and sold $20.6 million of

 

4



Table of Contents

 

these loans and recorded mortgage banking income of $1.0 million related to the sale of these loans.  The Bank retains the servicing rights for the loans that were sold to Fannie Mae.

 

While one-to-four family residential real estate loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan.  Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans.  We do not offer loans with negative amortization or interest only loans.

 

It is our general policy not to make high loan-to-value loans (defined as loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% or more) without private mortgage insurance.  However, we offer loans with loan-to-value ratios over 80% under a special low income loan program, which totaled $17.8 million as of December 31, 2013.  The maximum loan-to-value ratio we generally permit is 95% with private mortgage insurance, although occasionally we originate loans with loan-to-value ratios as high as 97% under special loan programs, including our first time home owner loan program.  We require all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by an independent appraiser approved by our Board of Directors.  We require title insurance on all first mortgage loans.  Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

 

One-to-Four Family Residential Construction LoansWe offer loans to facilitate the construction of a one-to-four family residence.  These loans are primarily short term loans and the underwriting guidelines are consistent with the underwriting guidelines for our one-to-four family residential mortgages. Generally, upon completion of construction and issuance of a certificate of occupancy, these loans convert to one-to-four family residential mortgages with long term amortization.  We began to de-emphasize these loans following the financial crisis and at December 31, 2013, residential construction loans totaled $277 thousand.

 

Consumer Home Equity and Equity Lines of Credit.  At December 31, 2013, consumer home equity loans and equity lines of credit totaled $234.2 million, or 10.0%, of our total loan portfolio.

 

We offer consumer home equity loans and equity lines of credit that are secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, where we may be in a first or second lien position. We generally offer home equity loans and lines of credit with a maximum combined loan-to-value ratio of 80%.  Home equity loans have fixed-rates of interest and are originated with terms of generally up to 15 years with some exceptions up to 20 years.  Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates and are based upon the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal.  Home equity lines of credit can have repayment schedules of both principal and interest or interest only paid monthly.  We hold a first mortgage position on approximately 56% of the homes that secure our home equity loans and lines of credit.

 

The procedures for underwriting consumer home equity and equity lines of credit include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan, as well as verification of employment history and minimum credit score requirements.  Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral to the proposed loan amount.

 

Consumer Personal Loans.  At December 31, 2013, consumer personal loans totaled $40.9 million, or 1.8%, of our total loan portfolio.

 

We offer a variety of consumer personal loans, including loans for automobiles, unsecured personal loans and lines of credit.  Our consumer loans secured by passbook accounts and certificates of deposit held at the Bank are based upon the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal with terms up to four years.  We will offer such loans up to 100% of the principal balance of the certificate of deposit or balance in the passbook account.  We also offer unsecured loans and lines of credit with terms up to five years.  Our unsecured loans and lines of credit bear a substantially higher interest rate than our secured loans and lines of credit. For more information on our loan commitments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management—Liquidity Management.”

 

Consumer Education Loans.  At December 31, 2013, consumer education loans totaled $206.5 million, or 8.8%, of our total loan portfolio. We do not currently originate consumer education loans and our consumer education loans are unsecured but generally 98% government guaranteed.  These loans are serviced by the Philadelphia Higher Education Assistance Agency (“PHEAA”) and Sallie Mae.

 

Indirect Automobile Loans.  At December 31, 2013, automobile loans that we originated totaled $175.4 million, or 7.5%, of our total loan portfolio.  We offer loans secured by new and used automobiles.  The majority of the loans in this portfolio are indirect automobile loans.  These loans have fixed interest rates and generally have terms up to six years.  We offer automobile loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 100% of the purchase price of the vehicle depending upon the credit history of the borrower and other factors.

 

The procedures for underwriting automobile loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s

 

5



Table of Contents

 

creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral to the proposed loan amount and ensuring that the collateral is properly secured.

 

Credit Risks

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans.  Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.  Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project.  Additional considerations include: location, market and geographic concentrations, loan to value, strength of guarantors and quality of tenants.  Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties.  As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial real estate loans and rent rolls where applicable.  In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower, when applicable, and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property.  We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.2x and a loan to value no greater than 75%.  An environmental report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

 

Commercial Business Loans.  Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property, the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.  Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.  Our commercial business loans also include owner occupied commercial real estate where the cash flow supporting the loan is derived from the owners underlying business.

 

Commercial Construction Loans.  Loans made to facilitate construction of commercial business space are primarily short term loans used to finance the construction of income producing assets. Generally, upon stabilization, these loans convert to commercial real estate loans with long term amortization. Payments during construction consist of an interest only period funded generally by borrower equity.  As these loans represent higher risk, due to the non-income producing characteristic of construction, each project is monitored for progress throughout the life of the loan, and loan funding occurs through borrower draw requests.  These requests are compared to agreed-upon project milestones and progress is verified by independent inspectors engaged by us.

 

Residential Real Estate.  The value of the collateral underlying loans secured by one to four family residential real estate tends to remain relatively stable, and is easily ascertainable.  Borrowers are evaluated based on underlying fundamentals such as verifiable income obtained from employment, length of employment, level of debt maintained by the borrower and demonstrated debt repayment history.  Risk can be evaluated and monitored by usage of debt to income ratios and conservative loan to property value ratios.

 

Residential Construction Loans.  Loans made to facilitate construction of a one to four family residence are primarily short term loans used to finance the construction of an owner occupied residence.  Generally, upon completion of construction and issuance of a certificate of occupancy, these loans convert to real estate mortgages with long term amortization.  Payments during construction consist of an interest only period funded generally by borrower equity.  As these loans represent higher risk, due to the nature of carrying additional debt during the construction period, each project is monitored for progress throughout the life of the loan, and loan funding occurs through borrower draw requests.  These requests are compared to agreed-upon project milestones and progress is verified by independent inspectors engaged by us.

 

Consumer Home Equity and Equity Lines of Credit.  Consumer home equity loans and equity lines of credit are loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, where we may be in a first or second lien position.  In each instance, the value of the property is determined and the loan is made against identified equity in the market value of the property.  When a residential mortgage is not present on the property, a first lien position is secured against the property.  In cases where a mortgage is present on the property, a second lien position is established, subordinated to the mortgage.  As these subordinated liens represent higher risk, loan collection becomes more influenced by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.  Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

Consumer Personal Loans.  Unlike consumer home equity loans, these loans are either unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciating assets such as boats or motor homes. In the latter case, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining

 

6



Table of Contents

 

deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.  Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

Consumer Education Loans.  These consumer loans are unsecured but generally 98% government guaranteed.  Consumer education loan collections depend on the efforts of the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (the “PHEAA”) and Sallie Mae and are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.  Therefore, these loans are likely to be adversely affected by various factors including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.  As a result of the government guarantee, we will ultimately be unaffected materially by delinquencies in the portfolio.

 

Automobile Loans.  Auto loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, as they are secured by assets that depreciate rapidly.  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted automobile loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower.  Automobile loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.  Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

Loan Originations and Purchases.  Loan originations come from a number of sources.  The primary sources of loan originations are existing customers, walk-in traffic, advertising and referrals from customers.

 

We have purchased participations in loans from other banks to supplement our lending portfolio.  Loan participations totaled $104.6 million at December 31, 2013.  Loan participations are subject to the same credit analysis and loan approvals as loans we originate. We are permitted to review all of the documentation relating to any loan in which we participate.  However, in a purchased participation loan, we do not service the loan and thus are subject to the policies and practices of the lead lender with regard to monitoring delinquencies, pursuing collections and instituting foreclosure proceedings.

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.  Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by management and approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers or groups of officers up to prescribed limits, based on the officer’s experience and tenure.  Generally, all commercial loans less than $15.0 million must be approved by a Loan Committee, which is comprised of personnel from the Credit, Finance and Lending departments. Individual loans or lending relationships with aggregate exposure in excess of $15.0 million must be approved by the Directors’ Loan Committee of the Company’s Board, which is comprised of senior Bank officers and five non-employee directors.

 

Loans to One Borrower.  The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is limited, by regulation, to generally 15% of our stated capital and reserves.  At December 31, 2013, our regulatory limit on loans to one borrower was $98.1 million.  The Company’s internal lending limits are lower than the levels permitted by regulation and at December 31, 2013, the total exposure with our largest lending relationship was $30.7 million, which was secured by various mixed use commercial real estate and general business assets.  All of the loans in the relationship were performing in accordance with their original terms at December 31, 2013.

 

Loan Commitments.  We issue commitments for fixed and adjustable-rate mortgage loans conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events.  Commitments to originate mortgage loans are legally binding agreements to lend to our customers.  Generally, our loan commitments expire after 60 days.

 

Delinquent Loans.  We identify loans that may need to be charged-off as a loss by reviewing all delinquent loans, classified loans and other loans that management may have concerns about collectability.  For individually reviewed loans, the borrower’s inability to make payments under the terms of the loan as well as a shortfall in collateral value may result in a write down to management’s estimate of net realizable value.  The collateral or cash flow shortfall on all secured loans is charged-off when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent or in the case of unsecured loans the entire balance is charged-off when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent. For more information on delinquencies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Management.”

 

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds

 

General.  Deposits, borrowings and loan and investment repayments are the major sources of our funds for lending and other investment purposes.  Scheduled loan and investment repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions.

 

Deposit Accounts.  Deposits are primarily attracted from within our market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments, including non-interest bearing demand deposits (such as individual checking

 

7



Table of Contents

 

accounts), interest-bearing demand accounts (such as NOW, municipal and money market accounts), savings accounts and certificates of deposit.

 

Our three primary categories of deposit customers consist of retail or individual customers, businesses and municipalities. Our business banking and municipal deposit products include a commercial checking account and a checking account specifically designed for small businesses.  Additionally, we offer cash management, including remote deposit, lockbox service and sweep accounts.

 

Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors.  In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the rates offered by our competition, the rates on borrowings, brokered deposits, our liquidity needs, profitability to us, and customer preferences and concerns.  We generally review our deposit mix and pricing bi-weekly.  Our deposit pricing strategy has generally been to offer competitive rates on all types of deposit products. In response to the low interest rate environment, we have repositioned the balance sheet and improved the Bank’s profitability, interest rate risk, and capital position through the run-off of higher cost, non-relationship-based municipal deposits.

 

At December 31, 2013, municipal checking accounts comprised 10.5% of our deposit portfolio. The number of municipal deposit accounts as of December 31, 2013 totaled 758 and the average balance of an account totaled $505 thousand.

 

Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS). Our participation in this program enables our customers to invest balances in excess of the FDIC deposit insurance limit into other banks within the CDARS network while maintaining their relationship with our Bank. We work with our customers to obtain the most favorable rates and combine all accounts for convenience onto one statement.

 

Brokered Certificates of Deposit.  Our use of brokered deposits is limited. However, we will use brokered certificates of deposit to extend the maturity of our deposits and limit interest rate risk in our deposit portfolio. We generally limit our use of brokered certificates of deposit to 10% or less of total deposits. At December 31, 2013, our brokered certificates of deposits represented approximately 4.1% of total deposits. The cost of these funds was 2.37% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and our brokered certificates of deposit have a weighted average remaining life of 2.59 years at December 31, 2013.

 

Borrowings.  We have the ability to utilize advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh to supplement our liquidity.  As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain mortgage loans and other assets, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met.  Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities.  We also utilize securities sold under agreements to repurchase and overnight repurchase agreements, along with the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window and Federal Funds lines with correspondent banks to supplement our supply of investable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements.  To secure our borrowings, we generally pledge securities and/or loans.  At December 31, 2013, we had the ability to borrow up to $1.3 billion combined from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.

 

Personnel

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had 772 full-time employees and 103 part-time employees, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit.  We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC is a Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company formed in 2004 and is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank.  In 2005, Beneficial Insurance Services LLC acquired the assets of Philadelphia-based insurance brokerage firm, Paul Hertel & Co., Inc., which provides property, casualty, life, health and benefits insurance services to individuals and businesses.  In 2005, Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC also acquired a 51% majority interest in Graphic Arts Insurance Agency, Inc. through its acquisition of the assets of Paul Hertel & Co. Inc. In 2007, Beneficial Insurance Services LLC acquired the assets of the insurance brokerage firm, CLA Agency, Inc., based in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania CLA Agency, Inc. provides property/casualty insurance to commercial business and provides professional liability insurance to physician groups, hospitals and healthcare facilities.

 

Beneficial Advisors, LLC, which is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank, is a Pennsylvania limited liability company formed in 2000 to offer wealth management services and investment and insurance related products, including, but not limited to, fixed- and variable-rate annuities and the sale of mutual funds and securities through a third party broker dealer.

 

Neumann Corporation, which was formed in 1990, is a Delaware Investment Holding Company that holds title to various securities and other investments.  Neumann Corporation is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

BSB Union Corporation was formed in 1994 to engage in the business of owning and leasing automobiles.  BSB Corporation is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank.  In 2012, BSB Union Corporation obtained approval to engage in equipment leasing activities.  The leasing operations of BSB Union Corporation are currently inactive.

 

Beneficial Abstract, LLC is a currently inactive title insurance company in which the Bank purchased a 40% ownership interest in 2006.

 

Beneficial Equity Holdings, LLC which is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank was formed in 2004 and is currently inactive.

 

PA Real Property GP, LLC which is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank is a special purpose entity formed in 2009 to manage and hold other real estate owned (OREO) properties in Pennsylvania until disposition.

 

NJ Real Property GP, LLC which is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank is a special purpose entity formed in 2010 to manage and hold OREO properties in New Jersey until disposition.

 

DE Real Property Holding, Inc. which is 100% owned by Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank is a special purpose entity formed in 2011 to manage and hold OREO properties in Delaware until disposition.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

 

The following discussion describes elements of an extensive regulatory framework applicable to savings and loan holding companies and banks.  Federal and state regulation of banks and bank and savings and loan holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund, rather than for the protection of potential shareholders and creditors.

 

General

 

The Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank that is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking (the “Department”), as its primary regulator, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), as its deposits insurer.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB system and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits of the Deposit Insurance Fund managed by the FDIC.  The Bank must file reports with the Department and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions.  The Department and/or the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to test the Bank’s safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements.  This regulatory structure gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.  As a federal mutual holding company, the MHC is required by federal law to report to, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The Company, as a federally chartered corporation, is also subject to reporting to and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board. Any change in the regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Department, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank, the Company, the MHC and their operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act’) made extensive changes in the regulation of depository institutions. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Office of Thrift Supervision was eliminated. Responsibility for the supervision and regulation of savings and loan holding companies was transferred to the Federal Reserve Board effective July 21, 2011.  The Federal Reserve Board now supervises savings and loan holding companies as well as bank holding companies. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function previously assigned to prudential regulators, and has authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10.0 billion in assets, such as the Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their prudential regulator.  In response to the changing regulatory environment, we have made enhancements to people, processes, and controls to ensure we are complying with new regulations. It is unclear what impact the Dodd-Frank Act will have on our business in the future as many of the regulations under the act are still being developed.  However, we expect that we will need to continue to make additional investments in people, systems and outside consulting and legal resources to comply with the new regulations.

 

Certain regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank, the Company and the MHC are referred to below or elsewhere herein.  This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank, the Company and the MHC and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Bank Regulation

 

Pennsylvania Savings Bank Law.  The Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the “1965 Code”), and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking Code, as amended (the “Department Code,” and collectively, the “Codes”), contain detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers and employees, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs.  The Codes delegate extensive rule-making power and administrative discretion to the Department so that the supervision and regulation of state-chartered savings banks may be flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.  Specifically, under the Department Code, the Department is given the authority to exercise such supervision over state-chartered savings banks as to afford the greatest safety to creditors, shareholders and depositors, ensure business safety and soundness, conserve assets, protect the public interest and maintain public confidence in such institutions.

 

The 1965 Code provides, among other powers, that state-chartered savings banks may engage in any activity permissible for a national banking association or federal savings association, subject to regulation by the Department (which shall not be more restrictive than the regulation imposed upon a national banking association or federal savings association, respectively).  Before it engages in such an activity allowable for a national banking association or federal savings association, a state-chartered savings bank must either obtain prior approval from the Department or provide at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Department.  The authority of the Bank under Pennsylvania law, however, may be constrained by federal law and regulation.  See “Investments and Activities” below.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements.  Under FDIC regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examinations Council must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3%.  For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4%.  Tier 1 capital is the sum of common stockholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships).

 

The Bank must also comply with the FDIC risk-based capital guidelines.  The FDIC guidelines require state non-member banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets.  Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.

 

State non-member banks must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital.  Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock, long-term preferred stock, hybrid capital instruments, including mandatory convertible debt securities, term subordinated debt and certain other capital instruments and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities.  The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital.  At December 31, 2013, the Bank met each of these capital requirements.

 

Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies, including savings and loan holding companies, that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. In early July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approved revisions to their capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules that implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009, the rules text released in December 2010, and loss absorbency rules issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements.

 

The rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which are effective January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements, which must consist entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2013, our current capital levels exceed the required capital amounts to be considered “well capitalized” and we believe they also meet the fully-phased in minimum capital requirements, including the related capital conservation buffers, as required by the Basel III capital rules.

 

Restrictions on Dividends.  The Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends may depend in part on dividends received from the Bank.  The 1965 Code regulates the distribution of dividends by savings banks and provides that dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings and may be paid in cash or property other than its own shares.  Dividends may not be declared or paid unless stockholders’ equity is at least equal to contributed capital.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching.  Federal law permits a bank to acquire an institution by merger in a state other than Pennsylvania unless the other state has opted out of interstate banking and branching. Federal law, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, also authorizes de novo branching into another state if the host state allows banks chartered by that state to establish such branches within its borders.  The Bank currently has 26 full-service locations in Burlington, Gloucester and Camden counties, New Jersey.  At its interstate branches, the Bank may conduct any activity that is authorized under Pennsylvania law that is permissible either for a New Jersey savings bank (subject to applicable federal restrictions) or a New Jersey branch of an out-of-state national bank.  The New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance may exercise certain regulatory authority over the Bank’s New Jersey branches.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.  Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements.  For these purposes, the law establishes three categories of capital deficient institutions:  undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

 

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation.  An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater.  An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater and generally a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (3% or greater for institutions with the highest examination rating).  An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4% (less than 3% for institutions with the highest examination rating).  An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%.  An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.  As of December 31, 2013, the Bank met the conditions to be classified as a “well capitalized” institution.

 

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan.  No institution may make a capital distribution, including payment as a dividend, if it would be “undercapitalized” after the payment.  A bank’s compliance with such plans is required to be guaranteed by its parent holding company in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount needed to comply with regulatory capital requirements. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.”  “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to, an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce assets and cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company.  “Critically undercapitalized” institutions must comply with additional sanctions including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

Investments and Activities.  Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks have generally been limited to activities as principal and equity investments of the type and in the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law.  The FDIC Improvement Act and the FDIC permit exceptions to these limitations.  For example, state chartered banks may, with FDIC approval, continue to exercise grandfathered state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Global Select Market and in the shares of an investment company registered under federal law.  The Bank received grandfathering authority from the FDIC to invest in listed stocks and/or registered shares.  The maximum permissible investment is 100% of Tier I capital, as specified by the FDIC’s regulations, or the maximum amount permitted by Pennsylvania Banking Law, whichever is less.  Such grandfathering authority may be terminated upon the FDIC’s determination that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk to the Bank or if the Bank converts its charter or undergoes a change in control.  In addition, the FDIC is authorized to permit such institutions to engage in other state authorized activities or investments (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) that meet all applicable capital requirements if it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.  As of December 31, 2013, the Bank held no marketable equity securities under such grandfathering authority.

 

Transactions with Related Parties.  Federal law limits the Bank’s authority to lend to, and engage in certain other transactions with (collectively, “covered transactions”), “affiliates” (e.g., any company that controls or is under common control with an institution, including the Company, the MHC and their non-savings institution subsidiaries).

 

11



Table of Contents

 

The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution.  The aggregate amount of covered transactions with affiliates is limited to 20% of an institution’s capital and surplus.  Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type specified by federal law.  The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited.  Transactions with affiliates must generally be on terms and under circumstances, that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.  In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by the Bank to its executive officers and directors.  However, the law contains a specific exception for loans by the Bank to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking laws.  Under such laws, the Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is limited.  The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans we may make to insiders based, in part, on the Company’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed.  Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment.  There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees.  Loans to executives are subject to further limitations based on the type of loan involved.

 

Enforcement.  The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including the Bank.  This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers.  In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.  The deposit insurance per account owner is currently $250,000.

 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments.  An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned.  On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that implemented changes to the deposit insurance assessment system mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act.  Under the final rule, assessment base for payment of FDIC premiums was changed from a deposit level base to an asset level base consisting of average tangible assets less average tangible equity.

 

The FDIC may adjust rates uniformly from one quarter to the next, except that no adjustment can deviate more than three basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking.  No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the FDIC assessment.

 

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments.  A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and our results of operations.  Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the Department.  The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB system, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks.  The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions.  At December 31, 2013 the Bank had a maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB Pittsburgh of $1.1 billion of which we had $195.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $800 thousand in outstanding letters of credit.  The balance remaining of $904.4 million is our unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2013.  The Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB.  The Bank was in compliance with requirements for FHLB Pittsburgh with an investment of $17.4 million at December 31, 2013.

 

Community Reinvestment Act.  A state non-member bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods.  The Community Reinvestment Act neither establishes specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor limits an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community.  The Community Reinvestment Act requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of an institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to consider such record when it evaluates applications made by such institution.  The Community Reinvestment Act requires public disclosure of an institution’s Community Reinvestment Act rating.  The Bank’s latest Community Reinvestment Act rating received from the FDIC was “outstanding.”

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Other Regulations.  Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.  The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

·                                          Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

·                                          Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

·                                          Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

·                                          Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

·                                          Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

 

·                                          Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of the Bank also are subject to the:

 

·                                          Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

·                                          Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated there under, which establishes the rights, liabilities and responsibilities of consumers who use electronic fund transfer (EFT) services and financial institutions that offer these services; its primary objective is the protection of individual consumers in their dealings with these services;

 

·                                          Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which allows banks to create and receive “substitute checks” (paper reproduction of the original check), and discloses the customers rights regarding “substitute checks” pertaining to these items having the “same legal standing as the original paper check”;

 

·                                          Title III of The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act”), and related regulations which require savings associations operating in the United States to develop new anti-money laundering compliance programs (including a customer identification program that must be incorporated into the AML compliance program), due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering; and

 

·                                          The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which prohibits a financial institution from disclosing nonpublic personal information about a consumer to nonaffiliated third parties, unless the institution satisfies various notice and opt-out requirements.

 

·                                          The Fair and Accurate Reporting Act of 2003, as an amendment to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as noted previously, which includes provisions to help reduce identity theft by providing procedures for the identification, detection, and response to patterns, practices, or specific activities — known as “red flags”.

 

·                                          Truth in Savings Act, which establishes the requirement for clear and uniform disclosure of terms and conditions regarding interest and fees to help promote economic stability, competition between depository institutions, and allow the consumer to make informed decisions.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

General.  The Company and the MHC are savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of federal law.  As such, they are registered with the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations, examinations, supervision, reporting requirements and regulations concerning corporate governance and activities.  The Federal Reserve Bank has enforcement authority over the Company and the MHC and their non-savings institution subsidiaries.  Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Bank to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the Bank.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) also takes the position that its capital distribution regulations apply to state savings banks in savings and loan holding company structures.  Those regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by an institution, including cash dividends, payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger.  Under the regulations, an application to and prior approval of the OCC is required prior to any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for “expedited treatment” of applications under OCC regulations (i.e., generally, examination and Community Reinvestment Act ratings in the two top categories), the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OCC.  If an application is not required, the institution must still provide prior notice to the OCC of the capital distribution if, like the Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company.  In the event the Bank’s capital fell below its regulatory requirements or the OCC notified it that it was in need of increased supervision, the Bank’s ability to make capital distributions could be restricted.  In addition, the OCC could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OCC determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

To be regulated as a savings and loan holding company (rather than as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board), the Bank must qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender (“QTL”).  To qualify as a QTL, the Bank must maintain compliance with the test for a “domestic building and loan association,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, or with a Qualified Thrift Test.  Under the QTL Test, a savings institution is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed and related securities, but also including education, credit and small business loans) in at least nine months out of each 12-month period.  At December 31, 2013, the Bank maintained 81.1% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank met the QTL test in at least nine months out of each of the 12-month period as required.

 

Restrictions Applicable to Mutual Holding Companies.  According to federal law and regulations, a mutual holding company, such as the MHC, may generally engage in the following activities:  (1) investing in the stock of a savings association; (2) acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings association subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary of such holding company; (3) merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries is a savings association; (4) investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings association under federal law or under the law of any state where the subsidiary savings association or associations share their home offices; (5) furnishing or performing management services for a savings association subsidiary of such company; (6) holding, managing or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings subsidiary of such company; (7) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings association subsidiary of such company; (8) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; (9) any other activity (A) that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act, unless the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies; or (B) in which multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized (by regulation) to directly engage on March 5, 1987; and (10) purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including a federal mutual holding company, from directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution, or its holding company, without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  Federal law also prohibits a savings and loan holding company from acquiring more than 5% of a company engaged in activities other than those authorized for savings and loan holding companies by federal law; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC.  In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

 

The Federal Reserve Board is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, except: (1) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies, and (2) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions.  The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

 

If the savings bank subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company fails to meet the QTL test, the company is subject to certain operating restrictions, including dividend limitations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action as a violation of law.

 

Stock Holding Company Subsidiary Regulation.  The Federal Reserve board has adopted regulations governing the two-tier mutual holding company form of organization and subsidiary stock holding companies that are controlled by mutual holding companies.  We have adopted this form of organization, pursuant to which the Company is permitted to engage in activities that are permitted for the MHC subject to the same restrictions and conditions.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Waivers of Dividends by Beneficial Savings Bank MHC.  Federal Reserve Board regulations require the MHC to notify the Federal Reserve Board if it proposes to waive receipt of dividends from the Company.  The Federal Reserve Board reviews dividend waiver notices on a case-by-case basis, and, in general, does not object to a waiver if: (1) if the mutual holding company involved has, prior to December 1, 2009, reorganized into a mutual holding company structure, engaged in a minority stock offering and waived dividends; (2) the board of directors of the mutual holding company expressly determines that a waiver of the dividend is consistent with its fiduciary duties to members and (3) the waiver would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the savings association subsidiaries of the holding company.  The MHC did not waive dividends prior to December 1, 2009.

 

Capital Requirements.  Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements.  The Dodd-Frank Act, however, requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves.  There is a five year transition period from the July 21, 2010 date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act before the capital requirements will apply to savings and loan holding companies.  The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy that requires holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

 

Conversion of Beneficial Savings Bank MHC to Stock Form.  Federal Reserve Board regulations permit the MHC to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization. In a conversion transaction, a new holding company would be formed as the successor to the Company, the MHC’s corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of the Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the new holding company.  In a conversion transaction, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than the MHC would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the new holding company based on an exchange ratio determined at the time of conversion that ensures that stockholders other than the MHC own the same percentage of common stock in the new holding company as they owned in the Company immediately before conversion.  The total number of shares held by stockholders other than the MHC after a conversion transaction would be increased by any purchases by such stockholders in the stock offering conducted as part of the conversion transaction.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act provides that waived dividends will also not be considered in determining the appropriate exchange ratio after the transfer of responsibilities to the Federal Reserve Board provided that the mutual holding company involved was formed, engaged in a minority offering and waived dividends prior to December 1, 2009.  Although the MHC was formed and engaged in a minority offering prior to December 1, 2009, the MHC had not waived dividends prior to that date.

 

Acquisition of Control.  Under the federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to Federal Reserve Board if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire “control” of a savings and loan holding company.  An acquisition of “control” can occur upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting stock of a savings and loan holding company or as otherwise defined by the Federal Reserve Board.  Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition.  Any company that so acquires control would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.

 

Financial Reform Legislation

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act.  In addition to eliminating the Office of Thrift Supervision and creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, repeals non-payment of interest on commercial demand deposits, requires changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandates the imposition of consolidated capital requirements on savings and loan holding companies, forces originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, requires regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.  Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and require the issuance of implementing regulations.  Their impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed by management.  However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense as well as potential reduced fee income for the Bank, Company and MHC.

 

Effective July 21, 2011, we began offering interest on certain commercial checking accounts as permitted by the Dodd-Frank Act. We have been actively marketing full service commercial checking accounts that include interest earned on these funds. Interest paid on commercial checking accounts will increase our interest expense in the future.

 

In December 2013, final rules implementing the Volcker Rule (Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) were promulgated by the five federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for implementing and enforcing the rule.  The final rules are effective July 21, 2015. The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking

 

15



Table of Contents

 

entities” from proprietary trading and imposes substantial restrictions on their ownership or sponsorship of, and relationships with, certain “covered funds,” largely hedge funds and private equity funds. Importantly, with respect to proprietary trading, the final rule tightens the requirements for the hedging exemption to require that the hedge demonstrably mitigates a “specific, identified exposure.”

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold $6.2 million of pooled trust securities that resulted in a $1.2 million loss due to the uncertainty regarding banking institutions being allowed to hold pooled trust preferred securities under the Volcker Rule.  These securities were in a $740 thousand unrealized loss position at the time of the sale. Management reviewed the securities included in the Company’s investment portfolio and noted that, at December 31, 2013, the majority of the investment portfolio was comprised of mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.  The Company’s investment portfolio also includes municipal bonds, government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) and government agency notes, foreign bonds, mutual funds and money market funds.  The Company does not engage in proprietary trading and does not have a position in covered funds as defined in the Volcker Rule as of December 31, 2013.  Management believes that securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013 are not impacted by Volcker Rule. In addition, management determined that we have no hedges that would be impacted by the Volcker Rule.

 

Income Taxation

 

General.  We report our income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting. The federal income tax laws apply to us in the same manner as to other corporations with some exceptions, including particularly our reserve for bad debts discussed below. The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to us. The tax years 2010 through 2012 remain subject to examination by the IRS, Pennsylvania and Philadelphia taxing authorities.  The 2012 tax year remains subject to examination by New Jersey taxing authorities.  For 2013, the Bank’s maximum federal income tax rate was 35%.

 

The Company and the Bank have entered into a tax allocation agreement.  Because the Company owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank, the Company and the Bank are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, of which group the Company is the common parent corporation.  As a result of this affiliation, the Bank is included in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return with the Company and, the parties compensate each other for their individual share of the consolidated tax liability and/or any tax benefits provided by them in the filing of the consolidated federal income tax return.

 

Bad Debt Reserves.  For fiscal years beginning before June 30, 1996, thrift institutions that qualified under certain definitional tests and other conditions of the Internal Revenue Code were permitted to use certain favorable provisions to calculate their deductions from taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. A reserve could be established for bad debts on qualifying real property loans, generally secured by interests in real property improved or to be improved, under the percentage of taxable income method or the experience method. The reserve for non-qualifying loans was computed using the experience method.  Federal legislation enacted in 1996 repealed the reserve method of accounting for bad debts and the percentage of taxable income method for tax years beginning after 1995 and required savings institutions to recapture or take into income certain portions of their accumulated bad debt reserves as of December 31, 1987.  Approximately $2.3 million of income tax related to our accumulated bad debt reserves would not be recognized unless the Bank makes a “non-dividend distribution” to the Company as described below.

 

Distributions.  If the Bank makes “non-dividend distributions” to the Company, the distributions will be considered to have been made from the Bank’s un-recaptured tax bad debt reserves, including the balance of its reserves as of December 31, 1987, to the extent of the “non-dividend distributions,” and then from the Bank’s supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent of those reserves, and an amount based on the amount distributed, but not more than the amount of those reserves, will be included in the Bank’s taxable income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Bank’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock, and distributions in partial or complete liquidation.  Dividends paid out of the Bank’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be so included in the Bank’s taxable income.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

The amount of additional taxable income triggered by a non-dividend is an amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Therefore, if the Bank makes a non-dividend distribution to the Company, approximately one and one-half times the amount of the distribution not in excess of the amount of the reserves would be includable in income for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate.  The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.

 

State Taxation

 

Pennsylvania Taxation.  The Bank, as a savings bank conducting business in Pennsylvania, is subject to tax under the Pennsylvania Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax (MTIT) Act, as amended to include thrift institutions having capital stock.  The MTIT is a tax upon separately stated net book income, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with certain adjustments.  In computing income subject to MTIT taxation, there is an allowance for the deduction of interest income earned on state, federal and local obligations, while also disallowing a portion of a thrift’s interest expense associated with such tax-exempt income.  The MTIT tax rate is 11.5%. Net operating losses, if any, can be carried forward a maximum of three years for MTIT purposes.

 

Philadelphia Taxation.  In addition, as a savings bank conducting business in Philadelphia, the Bank is also subject to the City of Philadelphia Business Income and Receipts Tax.  The City of Philadelphia Business Income and Receipts Tax is a tax upon net income or taxable receipts imposed on persons carrying on or exercising for gain or profit certain business activities within Philadelphia.  Pursuant to the City of Philadelphia Business Income and Receipts Tax, the 2013 tax rate was 6.43% on net income and 0.14% on gross receipts.  For regulated industry taxpayers, the tax is the lesser of the tax on net income or the tax on gross receipts.  The City of Philadelphia Business Income and Receipts Tax allows for the deduction by financial businesses from receipts of (a) the cost of securities and other intangible property and monetary metals sold, exchanged, paid at maturity or redeemed, but only to the extent of the total gross receipts from securities and other intangible property and monetary metals sold, exchanged, paid out at maturity or redeemed; (b) moneys or credits received in repayment of the principal amount of deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations; (c) interest received on account of deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations made to persons resident or having their principal place of business outside Philadelphia; (d) interest received on account of other deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations but only to the extent of interest expenses attributable to such deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations; and (e) payments received on account of shares purchased by shareholders.  An apportioned net operating loss may be carried forward for three tax years following the tax year for which it was first reported.

 

New Jersey Taxation.  The Bank and BSB Union Corporation are subject to New Jersey’s Corporation Business Tax at the rate of 9.0% on their separate company apportioned taxable income.  For this purpose, “taxable income” generally means federal taxable income subject to certain adjustments (including addition of interest income on state and municipal obligations).  Net operating losses may be carried forward for twenty years following the tax year for which it was reported.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The Board of Directors annually elects the executive officers of MHC, the Company, and the Bank, who serve at the Board’s discretion.  Our executive officers are:

 

Name

 

Position

Gerard P. Cuddy

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

Thomas D. Cestare

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

Martin F. Gallagher

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

James E. Gould

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

Robert J. Maines

 

Executive Vice President and Director of Operations of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

Pamela M. Cyr

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Banking Officer of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

Joanne R. Ryder

 

Executive Vice President and Director of Brand & Strategy of the MHC, the Company and the Bank

 

Below is information regarding our executive officers who are not also directors.  Each executive officer has held his or her current position for the period indicated below.  Ages presented are as of December 31, 2013.

 

Gerard P. Cuddy has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2007.  From May 2005 to November 2006, Mr. Cuddy was a senior lender at Commerce Bank and from 2002 to 2005, Mr. Cuddy served as a Senior Vice

 

17



Table of Contents

 

President of Fleet/Bank of America.  Prior to Mr. Cuddy’s service with Fleet/Bank of America, Mr. Cuddy held senior management positions with First Union National Bank and Citigroup.  Age 54.

 

Thomas D. Cestare joined Beneficial Bank as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Beneficial Bank in July 2010.  Prior to joining the Company and Bank, Mr. Cestare served as Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc.  Mr. Cestare is a certified public accountant who was a Partner with the public accounting firm of KPMG LLP prior to joining Sovereign Bancorp in 2005. Age 45.

 

Martin F. Gallagher joined Beneficial Bank’s commercial banking group in June 2011 and was named Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer in January 2012.  Prior to that time, Mr. Gallagher managed and developed commercial banking portfolios for Bryn Mawr Trust Company and National Penn Bank.  Age 57.

 

James E. Gould has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of Beneficial Bank since May 2011.  Prior to joining the Company and Bank, Mr. Gould served as Managing Director of Private Banking for Wilmington Trust Bank in the Pennsylvania and Southern New Jersey Regions. Prior to joining Wilmington Trust Bank in 2007, Mr. Gould was Senior Vice President and Regional Managing Director of Credit for Wachovia Bank’s Wealth Management Division.  Age 66.

 

Robert J. Maines joined Beneficial Bank in July 2008 and was named Executive Vice President and Director of Operations in January 2012.  Prior to that time, Mr. Maines served as the Director of Risk Management at Accume Partners.  Prior to joining Accume Partners in 2006, Mr. Maines served as First Vice President, Senior Audit Manager at MBNA.  Age 45.

 

Pamela M. Cyr is the former President & CEO of SE Financial.  Ms. Cyr joined Beneficial Bank in June 2012 and was named Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Banking Officer.  Age 46.

 

Joanne R. Ryder joined Beneficial Bank in July 2007 as Director of Marketing and was named Executive Vice President and Director of Brand & Strategy in January 2012.  Prior to that time, Ms. Ryder served as Vice President, Field Marketing Manager at Commerce Bank.  Age 39.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

A return to recessionary conditions or status quo in the current economic environment could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which would lead to lower revenue, higher loan losses and lower earnings.

 

Although economic conditions have improved since the end of the economic recession in June 2009, growth in gross deposit products has been slow, unemployment remains high and concerns still exist over the federal deficit and government spending, which have all contributed to diminished expectations for the economy.  A return of recessionary conditions and/or continued negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.  Further declines in real estate values and sales volumes and continued high unemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, increases in our levels of nonperforming and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity, and financial condition.

 

Continued low loan demand may negatively impact our earnings and results of operations.

 

The severe economic recession of 2008 and 2009 and the weak economic recovery since then have resulted in continued uncertainty in the financial markets and the expectation of weak general economic conditions, including high levels of unemployment. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses has adversely affected our business, financial condition, and results of operations and has reduced loan demand in our market areas.  As a result of this reduced loan demand, we have invested excess liquidity in low yielding cash equivalent assets and investment securities, which has negatively impacted our earnings.  Prolonged low loan demand in our market area could require us to continue to invest excess liquidity in these types of low yielding assets, which would continue to adversely affect our earnings and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce profits. The primary source of our income is the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. As prevailing interest rates change, net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and re-pricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. At December 31, 2013, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would be expected to experience an 8.78% decline in the economic value of equity and a 2.46% decrease in net interest income.  In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and rising interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan originations. An increase in the general level of interest rates may also adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume and overall profitability. In addition, our deposits are subject to increases in interest rates and as interest rates rise we may lose these deposits if we do not pay competitive interest rates which may affect our liquidity and profits.

 

Our emphasis on commercial loans may expose us to increased lending risks.

 

At December 31, 2013, $622.2 million, or 26.5%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate and commercial construction loans, including loans for the acquisition and development of property, and $378.7 million, or 16.2%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial business loans.  At December 31, 2013, we had a total of 18 land acquisition and development loans totaling $20.7 million included in commercial real estate and commercial construction loans, which consist of 3 residential land acquisition and development loans totaling $5.6 million and 15 commercial land acquisition and development loans totaling $15.1 million.

 

Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans generally expose a lender to a greater risk of loss than one-to-four family residential loans.  Repayment of commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service.  Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.  Changes in economic conditions that are out of the control of the borrower and lender could impact the value of the security for the loan, the future cash flow of the affected property, or the marketability of a construction project with respect to loans originated for the acquisition and development of property.  Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced with respect to commercial real estate properties than residential properties.

 

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of consumer loans secured by rapidly depreciable assets.

 

At December 31, 2013, our loan portfolio included $175.4 million in automobile loans, which represented 7.5% of our total loan portfolio at that date.  In addition, at December 31, 2013, other consumer loans totaled $481.6 million, or 20.6%, of our loan portfolio.  Included in other consumer loans is approximately $2.0 million in loans secured by

 

19



Table of Contents

 

manufactured housing and mobile homes, $20.3 million in loans secured by recreational vehicles and $14.9 million in loans secured by boats.  Consumer loans secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats may subject us to greater risk of loss than loans secured by real estate because any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance.

 

Our emphasis on residential mortgage loans exposes us to lending risks.

 

At December 31, 2013, $683.7 million, or 29.2%, of our loan portfolio was secured by one- to four-family real estate and we intend to continue to emphasize this type of lending. One- to four-family residential mortgage lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. The decline in residential real estate values as a result of the downturn in our local housing market has reduced the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans. Declines in real estate values could cause some of our residential mortgages to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

 

Because most of our borrowers are located in the Philadelphia metropolitan area, a prolonged downturn in the local economy, or a decline in local real estate values, could cause an increase in nonperforming loans or a decrease in loan demand, which would reduce our profits.

 

Substantially all of our loans are secured by real estate located in our primary market areas.  Continued weakness in our local economy and our local real estate markets could adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans, which could adversely affect our results of operations.  Real estate values are affected by various factors, including supply and demand, changes in general or regional economic conditions, interest rates, governmental rules or policies and natural disasters.  Continued weakness in economic conditions also could result in reduced loan demand and a decline in loan originations.  In particular, a significant decline in real estate values would likely lead to a decrease in new commercial real estate and home equity loan originations and increased delinquencies and defaults in our real estate loan portfolio.

 

We rely on high-average balance municipal deposits and time deposits as a source of funds and a reduced level of those deposits may adversely affect our liquidity and our profits.

 

Municipal deposits, consisting primarily of interest earning checking accounts, are a significant source of funds for our lending and investment activities. Over the past three years, we have significantly reduced our municipal deposits from a high of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2010, or 27.2% of total deposits, to $383.0 million, or 10.5% of our total deposits, as of December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the balance of municipal deposits decreased $228.6 million, or 37.4%, as a result of the planned run-off of higher-rate non-relationship based accounts.  The average balance of municipal deposit relationships is significantly higher than the average balance of all deposit relationships.  The number of municipal deposits totaled 758 as of December 31, 2013 and the average balance of an account totaled $505 thousand. Given our dependence on high-average balance municipal deposits as a source of funds, our inability to retain such funds could significantly and adversely affect our liquidity.  Further, our municipal checking accounts are demand deposits and are therefore considered rate-sensitive instruments.  If we are forced to pay higher rates on our municipal checking accounts to retain those funds, or if we are unable to retain such funds and we are forced to resort to other sources of funds for our lending and investment activities, such as borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, the interest expense associated with these other funding sources may be higher than the rates we are currently paying on the municipal deposits, which would adversely affect our profits.

 

Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $376.1 million, or 51.5% of certificates of deposit. The large percentage of certificates of deposit that mature within one year reflects customers’ hesitancy to invest their funds for long periods in the current low interest rate environment.  If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and borrowings.  Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2013.  We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

 

We are subject to certain risks in connection with our strategy of growing through mergers and acquisitions.

 

Mergers and acquisitions have contributed significantly to our growth in the past, and remain a component of our business model.  Accordingly, it is possible that we could acquire other financial institutions, financial service providers or branches of banks through negotiated transactions in the future.  Our ability to engage in future mergers and acquisitions depends on various factors, including (i) our ability to identify suitable merger partners and acquisition opportunities, (ii) our ability to finance and complete negotiated transactions on acceptable terms and at acceptable prices, (iii) our ability to receive the necessary regulatory approvals and (iv), when required, our ability to receive necessary stockholder approvals.  Furthermore, mergers and acquisitions involve a number of risks and challenges, including (i) our ability to integrate the branches and operations we acquire, and the internal controls and regulatory functions into our current operations and (ii) the diversion of management’s attention from existing

 

20



Table of Contents

 

operations.  Our inability to engage in or effectively integrate an acquisition or merger for any of these reasons could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We hold goodwill, an intangible asset that could be classified as impaired in the future. If goodwill is considered to be either partially or fully impaired in the future, our earnings and the book value of goodwill would decrease.

 

We are required to test our goodwill for impairment on a periodic basis. The impairment testing process considers a variety of factors, including the current market price of our common shares, the estimated net present value of our assets and liabilities and information concerning the terminal valuation of similarly situated insured depository institutions. It is possible that future impairment testing could result in a partial or full impairment of the value of our goodwill, which was $122.0 million as of December 31, 2013. A portion of our goodwill balance relates to our acquired insurance companies.  These businesses have suffered declining revenues and profitability levels over the past few years.  Although the fair value of the insurance businesses currently exceeds its carrying amount including goodwill, further deterioration in financial results in future periods could cause goodwill to be impaired. If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and the book value of goodwill will be reduced by the amount of the impairment.

 

Strong competition within our market area could hurt our profits and slow growth.

 

We face substantial competition in originating loans, both commercial and consumer. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Many of our competitors enjoy advantages that we do not, including greater financial resources and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce our net income by decreasing the number and size of loans that we originate and the interest rates we may charge on these loans.

 

In attracting business and consumer deposits, we face substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Many of our competitors enjoy advantages that we do not, including greater financial resources, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could decrease the deposits that we attract or require us to increase our rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations. As a result, we may need to seek other sources of funds that may be more expensive to obtain and could increase our cost of funds.

 

Our banking and non-banking subsidiaries also compete with non-bank providers of financial services, such as brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, insurance agencies and governmental organizations which may offer more favorable terms. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our banking operations. As a result, such non-bank competitors may have advantages over our banking and non-banking subsidiaries in providing certain products and services. This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking and non-banking services, reduce our market share, and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

 

The preparation of our tax returns requires the use of estimates and interpretations of complex tax laws and regulations and is subject to review by taxing authorities.

 

We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense and filing returns, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws.  Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed.  We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had net deferred tax assets totaling $48.6 million. These deferred tax assets can only be realized if we generate taxable income in the future.  We regularly evaluate the realizability of deferred tax asset positions. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented. We currently maintain a valuation allowance for certain state net operating losses and other-than-temporary impairments, and a charitable contribution carryover that, if unused, will expire in 2015, that management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  We expect to realize our remaining deferred tax assets over the allowable carryback and/or carryforward periods. Therefore, no valuation allowance is deemed necessary against our federal or remaining state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013. However, if an unanticipated event occurred that materially changed pre-tax and taxable income in future periods, an increase in the valuation allowance may become necessary and it could be material to our financial statements.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC, as insurer of our deposits, and by the Department as our primary regulator.  The MHC and the Company are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board.  Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of the Bank rather than for holders of our common stock.  Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses.  Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may increase our costs of operations and have a material impact on our operations.  During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we sold $6.2 million of pooled trust securities that resulted in a $1.2 million loss due to the uncertainty regarding banking institutions being allowed to hold pooled trust preferred securities under the Volcker Rule that was issued in December 2013. These securities were in a $740 thousand unrealized loss position at the time of the sale.

 

Legislative financial reforms and future regulatory reforms required by such legislation could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Office of Thrift Supervision was merged into the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Savings and loan holding companies, including the Company and the MHC, became regulated by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Although savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for all depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act codifies the Federal Reserve Board’s existing “source of strength” policy that holding companies act as a source of strength to their insured institution subsidiaries by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of distress.  The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for the creation of a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, to assure the implementation of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws for the depository institution regulators.  Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act repealed payment of interest on commercial demand deposits, forced originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, required regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.  In response to the changing regulatory environment, we have made enhancements to people, processes, and controls to ensure we are complying with new regulations. It is unclear what impact the Dodd-Frank Act will have on our business in the future as many of the regulations under the act are still being developed.  However, we expect that we will need to continue to make additional investments in people, systems and outside consulting and legal resources to comply with the new regulations.

 

While it is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the related yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on us, we expect that, at a minimum, our operating and compliance costs will increase, and our interest expense could increase, as a result of these new rules and regulations.

 

In addition to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal regulatory agencies recently have begun to take stronger supervisory actions against financial institutions that have experienced increased loan losses and other weaknesses as a result of the recent economic crisis. The actions include the entering into of written agreements and cease and desist orders that place certain limitations on their operations. Federal bank regulators recently have also been using with more frequency their ability to impose individual minimal capital requirements on banks, which requirements may be higher than those imposed under the Dodd-Frank Act or which would otherwise qualify the bank as being “well capitalized” under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. If we were to become subject to a supervisory agreement or higher individual capital requirements, such action may have a negative impact on our ability to execute our business plans, as well as our ability to grow, pay dividends or engage in mergers and acquisitions and may result in restrictions in our operations.

 

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to the Company.

 

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which the Company is subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies and there may exist, or develop in the

 

22



Table of Contents

 

future, risks that we have not anticipated or identified. If our risk management framework proves to be ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

 

Loss of, or failure to adequately safeguard, confidential or proprietary information may adversely affect our operations, net income or reputation.

 

We regularly collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others and concerning our own business, operations, plans and strategies. In some cases, this confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on our behalf.

 

Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks and mobile phishing. Mobile phishing, a means for identity thieves to obtain sensitive personal information through fraudulent e-mail, text or voice mail, is an emerging threat targeting the customers of popular financial entities.  A failure in or breach of our operational or information security systems, or those of our third-party service providers, as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches or due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions could adversely affect our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and/or cause losses.

 

If this confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could be exposed to significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage, civil litigation and financial loss.

 

Although we employ a variety of physical, procedural and technological safeguards to protect this confidential and proprietary information from mishandling, misuse or loss, these safeguards do not provide absolute assurance that mishandling, misuse or loss of the information will not occur, and that if mishandling, misuse or loss of the information did occur, those events will be promptly detected and addressed. Similarly, when confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on our behalf, our policies and procedures require that the third party agree to maintain the confidentiality of the information, establish and maintain policies and procedures designed to preserve the confidentiality of the information, and permit us to confirm the third party’s compliance with the terms of the agreement.  Although we believe that we have adequate information security procedures and other safeguards in place, as information security risks and cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

 

Item 1B.            UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

Item 2.                     PROPERTIES

 

Our retail market area primarily includes all of the area surrounding our 60 banking offices located in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania and Burlington, Gloucester, and Camden Counties in New Jersey, while our lending market also includes Mercer County in New Jersey.  We own 38 properties and lease 22 other properties.  In Pennsylvania, we serve our customers through our four offices in Bucks County, seven offices in Delaware County, eight offices in Montgomery County, 14 offices in Philadelphia County, and two offices in Chester County.  In New Jersey, we serve our customers through our 19 offices in Burlington County, one office in Gloucester County, and five offices in Camden County.  In addition, Beneficial Insurance operates two offices in Pennsylvania, one in Philadelphia County and one in Delaware County.  All branches and offices are adequate for business operation. In 2014, the Company moved its headquarters to 1818 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

 

Item 3.                     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company is involved in routine legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business.  Such routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Item 4.                      MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5.                     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The Company’s common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the trading symbol “BNCL.”  The following table sets forth the high and low quarterly sales prices of the Company’s common stock for the four quarters in fiscal 2013 and 2012, as reported by Nasdaq.  The Company has not paid any dividends to its stockholders to date.  As of March 10, 2014, the Company had approximately 2,198 holders of record of common stock.

 

2013:

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

10.30

 

$

9.23

 

Second Quarter

 

$

10.11

 

$

8.40

 

Third Quarter

 

$

10.00

 

$

8.40

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

11.15

 

$

9.75

 

 

2012:

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

9.23

 

$

8.53

 

Second Quarter

 

$

8.97

 

$

8.39

 

Third Quarter

 

$

9.90

 

$

8.36

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

10.14

 

$

8.88

 

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total return of the Company’s common stock with the cumulative total return of the SNL Mid-Atlantic Thrift Index and the Index for the Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S. Companies, all Standard Industrial Classification, (“SIC”)).  The graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2008, the first day of trading of the Company’s common stock.  Cumulative total return assumes reinvestment of all dividends.  The performance graph is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 

 

24



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Period Ending

 

Index

 

12/31/13

 

09/30/13

 

06/30/13

 

03/31/13

 

12/31/12

 

09/30/12

 

06/30/12

 

03/31/12

 

12/31/11

 

09/30/11

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

 

109.2

 

99.70

 

84.00

 

103.00

 

95.00

 

95.60

 

86.30

 

87.40

 

83.60

 

74.50

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

154.29

 

139.32

 

125.72

 

120.71

 

111.54

 

115.12

 

108.42

 

114.21

 

96.24

 

89.23

 

SNL Mid-Atlantic Thrift Index

 

77.45

 

70.30

 

66.98

 

65.14

 

61.59

 

62.65

 

55.77

 

59.20

 

53.46

 

49.34

 

 

 

 

06/30/11

 

03/31/11

 

12/31/10

 

09/30/10

 

06/30/10

 

03/31/10

 

12/31/09

 

09/30/09

 

06/30/09

 

03/31/09

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

 

82.15

 

86.20

 

88.30

 

89.70

 

98.80

 

94.80

 

98.40

 

91.20

 

96.00

 

98.50

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

102.46

 

102.74

 

98.00

 

87.50

 

77.92

 

88.58

 

83.83

 

78.40

 

67.79

 

56.47

 

SNL Mid-Atlantic Thrift Index

 

61.39

 

67.74

 

72.17

 

65.38

 

65.23

 

70.65

 

65.43

 

60.29

 

57.61

 

55.30

 

 

 

 

12/31/08

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

 

112.50

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

58.26

 

SNL Mid-Atlantic Thrift Index

 

71.69

 

 

Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s repurchases of its common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

Period

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

 

Average
Price Paid
Per Share

 

Total Number
Of Shares
Purchased

as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
Or Programs

 

Maximum
Number of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs (1)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1-31

 

139,000

 

$

9.91

 

139,000

 

4,090,000

 

November 1-30

 

410,471

 

10.01

 

410,471

 

3,679,529

 

December 1-31

 

436,500

 

10.65

 

436,500

 

3,243,029

 

 


(1)         On September 19, 2011, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had adopted a stock repurchase program that will enable the Company to acquire up to 2,500,000 shares, or 7.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock not held by Beneficial Savings Bank MHC, the Company’s mutual holding company.  This plan expired in November 2013.

(2)         On October 24, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had adopted a stock repurchase program that will enable the Company to acquire up to 4,000,000 shares, or 12.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock not held by Beneficial Savings Bank MHC, the Company’s mutual holding company.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

At and For the Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Condition Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,583,413

 

$

5,006,404

 

$

4,596,104

 

$

4,929,785

 

$

4,673,680

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

355,683

 

489,908

 

347,956

 

90,299

 

179,701

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

 

6,316

 

31,825

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

1,034,180

 

1,267,491

 

875,011

 

1,541,991

 

1,287,106

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity

 

528,829

 

477,198

 

482,695

 

86,609

 

48,009

 

Loans receivable, net

 

2,286,158

 

2,389,655

 

2,521,916

 

2,751,036

 

2,744,264

 

Deposits

 

3,660,016

 

3,927,513

 

3,594,802

 

3,942,304

 

3,509,247

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

195,000

 

140,000

 

100,000

 

113,000

 

169,750

 

Other borrowed funds

 

55,370

 

110,352

 

150,335

 

160,317

 

263,870

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

615,146

 

633,873

 

629,380

 

615,547

 

637,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

149,376

 

$

170,430

 

180,143

 

$

197,514

 

$

192,974

 

Interest expense

 

25,640

 

30,973

 

38,046

 

49,896

 

65,632

 

Net interest income

 

123,736

 

139,457

 

142,097

 

147,618

 

127,342

 

Provision for loan losses

 

13,000

 

28,000

 

37,500

 

70,200

 

15,697

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

110,736

 

111,457

 

104,597

 

77,418

 

111,645

 

Non-interest income

 

25,125

 

27,606

 

25,236

 

27,220

 

26,847

 

Non-interest expenses

 

120,688

 

123,125

 

120,710

 

128,390

 

119,866

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

15,173

 

15,938

 

9,123

 

(23,752

)

18,626

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

2,595

 

1,759

 

(1,913

)

(14,789

)

1,537

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

$

(8,963

)

$

17,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding — Basic

 

75,841,392

 

76,657,265

 

77,075,726

 

77,593,808

 

77,693,082

 

Average common shares outstanding — Diluted

 

76,085,398

 

76,827,872

 

77,231,303

 

77,593,808

 

77,723,668

 

Net income (loss) earnings per share - Basic

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.14

 

$

(0.12

)

$

0.22

 

Net income (loss) earnings per share — Diluted

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.14

 

$

(0.12

)

$

0.22

 

Dividends per share

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

26



Table of Contents

 

At and For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return (loss) on average assets

 

0.26

%

0.29

%

0.23

%

(0.18

)%

0.40

%

Return (loss) on average equity

 

2.01

 

2.23

 

1.77

 

(1.39

)

2.74

 

Interest rate spread (1)

 

2.70

 

3.01

 

3.07

 

3.13

 

2.99

 

Net interest margin (2)

 

2.81

 

3.13

 

3.22

 

3.32

 

3.28

 

Non-interest expense to average assets

 

2.54

 

2.55

 

2.51

 

2.64

 

2.80

 

Efficiency ratio (3)

 

81.07

 

73.70

 

72.14

 

73.44

 

77.74

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

117.50

 

117.78

 

116.83

 

116.60

 

117.00

 

Average equity to average assets

 

13.15

 

13.10

 

12.94

 

13.30

 

14.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios (4):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital to average assets

 

10.22

 

9.53

 

9.67

 

8.89

 

9.81

 

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

20.57

 

19.23

 

18.09

 

15.69

 

16.71

 

Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets

 

21.83

 

20.50

 

19.35

 

16.95

 

17.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans

 

2.38

 

2.36

 

2.10

 

1.62

 

1.64

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans

 

73.05

 

62.37

 

39.77

 

36.66

 

38.06

 

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period

 

0.63

 

0.96

 

1.05

 

2.53

 

0.25

 

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans (5)

 

3.25

 

3.78

 

5.29

 

4.42

 

4.32

 

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets (5)

 

1.79

 

2.08

 

3.35

 

2.85

 

3.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of offices (6)

 

60

 

62

 

60

 

65

 

68

 

Number of deposit accounts

 

294,718

 

302,196

 

279,675

 

283,870

 

284,531

 

Number of loans

 

47,756

 

51,406

 

55,665

 

60,134

 

64,690

 

 


(1)         Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost on average interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)         Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.

(3)         Represents other non-interest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

(4)         Ratios are for Beneficial Bank.

(5)         Non-performing loans and assets include accruing government guaranteed student loans past due 90 days or more.

(6)         During 2012, the Company acquired five branches and consolidated three branches as a result of the merger with SE Financial.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Item 7.              MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Overview

 

The history of the Bank dates back to 1853. The Bank’s principal business is to acquire deposits from individuals and businesses in the communities surrounding our offices and to use those deposits to fund loans.  We also seek to broaden relationships with our customers by offering insurance and investment advisory services.

 

The Bank was established to serve the financing needs of the public and has expanded its services over time to offer personal and business checking accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans and other types of commercial and consumer loans. We also provide insurance services through our wholly owned subsidiary, Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, and investment and non-deposit services through our wholly owned subsidiary, Beneficial Advisors, LLC.  We focus on providing our products and services to individuals, businesses and non-profit organizations located in our primary market area.  Our retail market focus includes primarily all of the areas surrounding our 60 banking offices located in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania and Burlington, Camden and Gloucester Counties in New Jersey, while our lending market also includes other counties in central and southern New Jersey as well as Delaware.  In addition, Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC operates two offices in Pennsylvania, one in Philadelphia County and one in Delaware County.  We will occasionally consolidate branches based on proximity to other Bank locations, customer activity, financial performance, future market potential and our growth plans.

 

Over the years, we have expanded through organic growth and acquisitions, reaching $4.58 billion in assets at December 31, 2013.  In 2004, the Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, forming Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “Beneficial”), a federally chartered stock holding company, as its holding company and Beneficial Savings Bank MHC (the “MHC”), a federally chartered mutual holding company, as the sole stockholder of the Company.  In July 2007, the Company completed its minority stock offering, raising approximately $236.1 million in proceeds, and simultaneously acquired FMS Financial Corporation, the parent company of Farmers & Mechanics Bank (together, “FMS Financial”), which had total assets of over $1.2 billion.  In October 2007, Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC acquired the business of CLA Agency, Inc. (“CLA”), a full-service property and casualty and professional liability insurance brokerage company headquartered in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania.

 

In April 2012, the Company acquired SE Financial Corp. (“SE Financial”) and St. Edmond’s Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SE Corp (“St. Edmond’s”), pursuant to which SE Financial merged with a newly formed subsidiary of the Company and thereby became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company for $29.4 million in cash.  The results of SE Financial’s operations are included in the Company’s unaudited condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period beginning on April 3, 2012, the date of the acquisition, and all subsequent periods thereafter.  The acquisition of SE Financial and St. Edmond’s increased the Company’s market share in southeastern Pennsylvania, specifically Philadelphia and Delaware Counties.  Additionally, the acquisition provided Beneficial with new branches in Roxborough, Pennsylvania and Deptford, New Jersey.

 

Our primary source of pre-tax income is net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference between the income we earn on our loans and investments and the interest we pay on our deposits and borrowings.  Changes in levels of interest rates affect our net interest income.

 

A secondary source of income is non-interest income, which is revenue we receive from providing products and services.  Traditionally, the majority of our non-interest income has come from service charges (mostly on deposit accounts).

 

The non-interest expenses we incur in operating our business consist of salaries and employee benefits expenses, equity plans, occupancy expenses, depreciation, amortization and maintenance expenses and other miscellaneous expenses, such as loan and owned real estate expenses, advertising, insurance, professional services and printing and supplies expenses. Our largest non-interest expense is salaries and employee benefits, which consist primarily of salaries and wages paid to our employees, payroll taxes, and expenses for health insurance, retirement plans and other employee benefits.

 

Executive Summary for 2013

 

We recorded net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $12.6 million, or $0.17 per diluted share, compared to net income of $14.2 million, or $0.18 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Both the low interest rate environment and lower loan balances caused net interest income to decrease $15.7 million to $123.7 million for 2013 compared to $139.4 million in 2012.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

The Federal Reserve Board continues to hold short term interest rates at historic lows and expects rates to remain low throughout 2015.  The low rate environment has impacted the yield on our investment portfolio as maturing investments and liquidity generated by prepayments and pay-offs of our loan portfolio were re-invested at lower interest rates.  Elevated unemployment, slow economic growth, and continued economic uncertainty has resulted in a slow recovery and limited consumer consumption. Additionally, capital spending and investing by businesses has remained sluggish given the slow and uneven economic recovery.  This resulted in low loan demand throughout 2013 and was a driver of our loan portfolio decreasing $105.5 million, or 4.3%, to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2013 from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

During 2013, our asset quality metrics showed continued signs of improvement. Our non-performing loans, including loans 90 days past due and still accruing, decreased to $76.2 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $92.4 million at December 31, 2012.  Net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2013 were $15.0 million compared to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a result of the improvement our asset quality metrics, we were able to reduce our provision for loan losses during 2013 compared to the prior year. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses totaled $55.6 million, or 2.38% of total loans, compared to $57.6 million, or 2.36% of total loans, at December 31, 2012.

 

During 2013, our Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program that enabled us to acquire up to 4,000,000 shares, or 12.0%, of the Company’s publicly held common stock outstanding. The shares may be purchased in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time depending upon market conditions. We repurchased 2,193,652 shares of our outstanding common during the year ended December 31, 2013, which increased total treasury shares to 5,175,681.

 

We continue to maintain strong levels of capital and our capital ratios are well in excess of the levels required to be considered well-capitalized under applicable federal regulations. The Bank’s tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 10.22% at December 31, 2013 compared to 9.53% at December 31, 2012 and the Bank’s total risk based capital ratio increased to 21.83% at December 31, 2013 compared to 20.50% at December 31, 2012.

 

We believe that our strong capital profile positions us to advance our growth strategy by working with our customers to help them save and use credit wisely. It also allows us to continue to dedicate financial and human capital to support organizations that share our sense of responsibility to do what’s right for the communities we serve. We remain committed to the financial responsibility we have practiced throughout our 160 year history, and we are dedicated to providing financial education opportunities to our customers by providing the tools necessary to make wise financial decisions.

 

In order to further improve our operating returns, we continue to leverage our position as one of the largest and oldest banks headquartered in the Philadelphia metropolitan area.  We are focused on acquiring and retaining customers, and then educating them by aligning our products and services to their financial needs.  We also intend to deploy some of our excess capital to grow the Bank in our markets.

 

Department of Justice Investigation

 

In the first quarter of 2013, we received notice that we were being investigated by the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) for potential violations of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Fair Housing Act relating to our home-mortgage lending practices from January 1, 2008 to the present.  Specifically, the DOJ indicated to us that it was looking for statistical and other indicators of a pattern and practice of persistent disparities with regard to our home-mortgage lending practices.

 

In December 2012, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) referred us to the DOJ as a result of a regularly scheduled fair housing examination that included a statistical analysis of our denial rates of both minority and non-minority loan applicants for a five year period.  That statistical analysis showed a higher rejection rate for minority applicants, but only considered limited information related to our credit standards that we apply to all applicants in our decision making process.  It was on the basis of this statistical analysis that the DOJ announced its investigation.

 

In response to the DOJ’s investigation, we hired outside counsel and economists to conduct an internal investigation.  At this time, and to the best of our knowledge, we are not aware of any wrongdoing.

 

In late January 2014, we received correspondence from the DOJ indicating that the DOJ had completed its review and determined that the matter did not require enforcement action by the DOJ and was being referred back to the FDIC.  We are not able to determine whether further action will be taken at this point with respect to the ultimate resolution of this matter and we are in discussions with the FDIC Staff. Until this matter is resolved, it is unlikely that we will be filing any regulatory applications related to strategic expansion or regarding a second step conversion.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Our non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes $711 thousand of costs associated with a second step transaction that we were evaluating directly before the DOJ fair lending investigation.

 

We remain focused on improving profitability and we are making a number of investments in brand, technology and our compliance and business control teams to drive future growth.  Although these investments may result in lower profitability in the short-term, we believe that ultimately they will drive future profitability and value for our shareholders.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our business strategy is to continue to operate and grow a profitable community-oriented financial institution.  We plan to achieve this by executing our strategy of:

 

·                                          Differentiating Beneficial Bank as a community bank that educates its customers to “do the right thing” financially by providing them with the tools necessary to make wise financial decisions;

 

·                                          Promoting the “Beneficial Conversation” with our customers, in which we endeavor to learn more about their life stage, needs and goals and educate them on our products and services that can allow them to achieve their financial needs and goals;

 

·                                          Expanding our franchise by selectively pursuing acquisition opportunities in or adjacent to our market area;

 

·                                          Pursuing opportunities to grow our commercial banking and small business lending by offering an enhanced product set through integrated delivery channels;

 

·                                          Using what we believe are consistent, disciplined underwriting practices to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio; and

 

·                                          Investing in talent, brand and technology to drive future growth.

 

Differentiating Beneficial Bank as a community bank that educates its customers to “do the right thing” financially by providing them with the tools necessary to make wise financial decisions

 

We are committed to educating our customers to “do the right thing” financially by providing them with the tools necessary to make wise financial decisions. During 2013, we launched a new marketing campaign and brand refresh designed to highlight the Bank’s commitment to financial education. Along with the introduction of a new “Your Knowledge Bank” tagline, the campaign was part of an ambitious communications initiative rooted in what has always been the core mission of Beneficial Bank — to provide customers with the tools, knowledge and guidance to help them do what’s right and make wise financial decisions. We continue to build conversations and financial plans around customers’ needs, life stages and priorities. We also successfully introduced the New BenMobile application, which brings the features of online banking to our mobile banking customers, making it easier to access account information and perform transactions including balance transfers and remote deposit capture.  This new channel is being adopted rapidly by our customer base.

 

Promoting the “Beneficial Conversation” with our customers, which enables us to learn more about their life stage, needs and goals and educate them on our products and services that can allow them to achieve their goals

 

We seek to understand our customers’ financial needs and goals through a conversational approach known as the “Beneficial Conversation.”  We have developed a sophisticated training program centered around the Beneficial Conversation in an effort to familiarize our employees with our broad array of financial products, including the cash management, insurance and other related retail services we provide.  We require that all of our employees become fluent and certified in this conversational approach to customer interaction, and we have implemented the “Beneficial Conversation” in our branch offices as well as through digital social media outlets.  The Beneficial Conversation is a continuous, multi-step process that enables us to better understand a customer’s current financial state, future financial goals and the best path towards achieving those goals. Once we develop such an understanding, we then educate the customer on the products and services we offer that best help them attain their financial goals. We believe that this approach to understanding our customers’ financial needs will distinguish us from other regional and local community banks and that we can increase services to our existing customers and acquire new customers through the implementation of the Beneficial Conversation by our employees.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Expanding our franchise by selectively pursuing acquisition opportunities in or adjacent to our market area

 

In recent years, we have executed our growth strategy by acquiring other financial institutions and financial service corporations primarily in or adjacent to our existing market areas.  In July 2007, in connection with the consummation of its initial public offering, Beneficial Mutual Bancorp acquired FMS Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Farmers & Mechanics Bank.  In April 2012, Beneficial Mutual Bancorp acquired SE Financial Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiary, St. Edmond’s Federal Savings Bank. These acquisitions increased our market share and solidified our position as the largest Philadelphia-based bank operating solely in the greater Philadelphia metropolitan area.  In 2005, Beneficial Insurance Services LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Beneficial Bank, acquired the assets of a Philadelphia-based insurance brokerage firm, Paul Hertel & Co., Inc., which provided property, casualty, life, health and benefits insurance services to individuals and businesses. In 2007, Beneficial Insurance Services acquired the business of CLA Agency, Inc., a full-service property and casualty and professional liability insurance brokerage company headquartered in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania.  We believe that changes in the regulatory environment as well as continued economic challenges for the banking industry have created and will create acquisition opportunities for us.  We also believe that we are well positioned to execute on our growth strategies and to continue to pursue selective acquisitions of other financial institutions and financial services companies primarily in and adjacent to our existing market area due to our strong capital position.

 

Pursuing opportunities to grow our commercial banking and small business lending by offering an enhanced product set through integrated delivery channels

 

We have a diversified loan portfolio which includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans made to middle market and small business customers.  We are focused on improving the mix of our loan portfolio by increasing the amount of our commercial loans.  Commercial loan customers provide us with an opportunity to offer a full range of our products and services including cash management, insurance, loans, and deposits.  We have added resources with significant experience in our marketplace to our commercial lending group over the past year and are committed to growing our commercial banking businesses.  We are also focused on small business lending.  At December 31, 2013, we had $108.3 million in small business loans, which represented approximately 4.6% of total loans.  Small business loans provide diversification to our loan portfolio and, because these loans are based upon rate indices that are higher than those used for one-to four-family loans, they improve the interest sensitivity of our assets.  We currently offer a wide array of lending and deposit products that we can effectively market to our small business customers to increase our small business market share.  To better capitalize on these opportunities, in recent years, we restructured our lending department and created a dedicated team of small business lenders who work with our branches and focus solely on small business lending.  We intend to expand our team of small business lenders in order to increase our small business loan portfolio in future years.

 

Using what we believe are consistent, disciplined underwriting practices to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio

 

We believe that maintaining high asset quality is a key to long-term financial success.  In recent years, weaknesses in the local commercial real estate market have had a significant impact on our financial results.  Over the past several years, in an effort to improve asset quality, we have strengthened and added additional resources to our lending and credit teams and, have continued to apply underwriting standards that are prudent and disciplined and have continued to diligently monitor collection efforts.  As a result of these efforts, we have improved our asset quality over the past three years.  Accordingly, a provision for loan losses of $13.0 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to provisions of $28.0 million and $37.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Non-performing assets have decreased from a high of $162.9 million at December 31, 2009 to $82.0 million at December 31, 2013. We maintain our philosophy of managing large loan exposures through our consistent, disciplined approach to lending, and our proactive approach to managing existing credits.

 

Investing in talent, brand and technology to drive future growth

 

We are committed to investing in highly qualified employees in key areas of the Bank such as the build out of our lending team to focus on the growth of our loan portfolio as well as compliance and business control teams to ensure compliance with current and future regulations. We continue to invest in the Beneficial brand to position ourselves as the “Knowledge Bank”. We will also invest in advances in technology and systems to position us for future growth and opportunities.

 

Recent Industry Consolidation

 

The banking industry has experienced consolidation in recent years, which is likely to continue in future periods. Consolidation may affect the markets in which we operate as competitors integrate newly acquired businesses, adopt

 

31



Table of Contents

 

new business and risk management practices or change products and pricing as they attempt to maintain or grow market share and maximize profitability.  Merger activity involving national, regional and community banks and specialty finance companies in the Philadelphia metropolitan area, has and will continue to impact the competitive landscape in the markets we serve. We believe that there are opportunities to continue to grow via acquisition in our markets and expect that acquisitions will continue to be a key part of our future growth strategy.  Management continually monitors our primary market areas and assesses the impact of industry consolidation, as well as the practices and strategies of our competitors, including loan and deposit pricing and customer behavior.

 

Current Regulatory Environment

 

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Bank are based on the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord, which is referred to as “Basel II,” to replace Basel I. Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk: an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines, which became effective in 2008 for large international banks (total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposure of $10 billion or more). Other U.S. banking organizations can elect to adopt the requirements of this rule (if they meet applicable qualification requirements), but they are not required to apply them. Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, as well as supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements.

 

In December 2010 and January 2011, the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity, which is referred to as “Basel III.” On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved the final Basel III capital rules, establishing unique standards for all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies (such as the Company). The effective date of the implementation of Basel III is January 1, 2015 for the Bank.  When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, Basel III will require banks to maintain: (i) 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) 6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and (iii) 8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.  Each of these ratios will also require an additional 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets “capital conservation buffer” on top of the minimum requirements.

 

As of December 31, 2013, our current capital levels exceed the required capital amounts to be considered “well capitalized” and we believe they also meet the fully-phased in minimum capital requirements, including the related capital conservation buffers, as required by the Basel III capital rules.

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).  In addition to eliminating the Office of Thrift Supervision and creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, repealed non-payment of interest on commercial demand deposits, requires changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandates the imposition of consolidated capital requirements on savings and loan holding companies, forces originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, requires regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.  Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and require the issuance of implementing regulations.  Their impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed by management.  However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense as well as potential reduced fee income for the Bank, the Company and the MHC.

 

Effective July 21, 2011, we began offering interest on certain commercial checking accounts as permitted by the Dodd-Frank Act. We have been actively marketing full service commercial checking accounts that include interest earned on these funds. Interest paid on commercial checking accounts will increase our interest expense in the future.

 

Current Interest Rate Environment

 

Net interest income represents a significant portion of our revenues.  Both the low interest rate environment, which has reduced the yields on our investment and loan portfolios, and lower loan balances, as a result of high commercial loan repayments and continued weak loan demand, caused net interest income to decrease. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we reported net interest income of $123.7 million, a decrease of $15.7 million, or 11.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period last year was primarily the result of a decline in the average rate on interest earning assets, partially offset by a reduction in the average cost of our liabilities, particularly municipal deposits. Net interest margin decreased 32 basis points, totaling 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 3.13% for

 

32



Table of Contents

 

the year ended December 31, 2012. We have been able to lower the average cost of our liabilities to 0.69% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 0.82% for the year ended December 31, 2012 by re-pricing higher cost deposits. The reduction in deposit costs has been primarily due to decreasing rates on our municipal deposits and money market accounts. We expect that the persistently low interest rate environment will continue to lower yields on our investment and loan portfolios to a greater extent than we can reduce rates on deposits and other interest bearing liabilities, which will put pressure on net interest margin in future periods. Net interest margin in future periods will be impacted by several factors such as, but not limited to, our ability to grow and retain low cost core deposits, the future interest rate environment, loan and investment prepayment rates, loan growth and changes in non-accrual loans.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we have adopted various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.

 

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by us that have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities.  We consider these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies.  The judgments and assumptions we use are based on historical experience and other factors, which we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates under different conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying values of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

 

Allowance for Loan LossesWe consider the allowance for loan losses to be a critical accounting policy.  The allowance for loan losses is determined by management based upon portfolio segment, past experience, evaluation of estimated loss and impairment in the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other pertinent factors.  Management also considers risk characteristics by portfolio segments including, but not limited to, renewals and real estate valuations.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for estimated losses and impairment based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risk in the loan portfolio.  Loan impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of collateral or estimated net realizable value. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense which is based upon past loan loss experience and an evaluation of estimated losses in the current loan portfolio, including the evaluation of impaired loans. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. Among the material estimates or judgments required to establish the allowance are: overall economic conditions; value of collateral; strength of guarantors; loss exposure at default; the amount and timing of future cash flows on impaired loans; and determination of loss factors to be applied to the various elements of the portfolio.  All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change.  Management regularly reviews the level of loss experience, current economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio.  Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation.  In addition, the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (“the Department”), as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

Our financial results are affected by the changes in and the absolute level of the allowance for loan losses. The establishment of the allowance for loan losses involves our analysis of complex internal and external variables, and it requires that we exercise judgment to estimate an appropriate allowance for loan losses. As a result of the uncertainty associated with this subjectivity, we cannot assure the precision of the amount reserved, should we experience sizeable loan losses in any particular period. For example, changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, economic conditions, or the condition of various markets in which collateral may be sold could require us to significantly increase the level of the allowance for loan losses. Such an adjustment could materially affect net income as a result of the change in provision for credit losses. For example, a change in the estimate resulting in a 10% to 20% difference in the allowance would have resulted in an additional provision for credit losses of $1.3 million to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We also have approximately $82.0 million in non-performing assets consisting of non-performing loans and other real estate owned.  Most of these assets are collateral dependent loans where we have incurred significant credit losses to write the assets down to their current appraised value less selling costs.  We continue to assess the realizability of these loans and update our appraisals on these loans each year.  To the extent the property values continue to decline, there could be additional losses on these non-performing assets which may be material.  For example, a 10% decrease in the collateral value supporting the non-performing assets could result in additional credit losses of $8.2 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, we began to experience a decline in levels of delinquencies, net charge-offs and non-performing assets.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Management considered these market conditions in deriving the estimated allowance for loan losses; however, the ultimate amount of loss could vary from that estimate.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.  The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires us to record assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.  The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired represents goodwill. Goodwill totaled $122.0 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

Goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to periodic impairment testing. During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, we adopted the amendments included in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, which allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test.

 

During 2013, management reviewed qualitative factors for the Bank, which represents $112.7 million of our goodwill balance, including financial performance, market changes and general economic conditions and noted there was not a significant change in any of these factors as compared to 2012.  Accordingly, it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Banking unit continued to be in excess of its carrying amount as of December 31, 2013.  Additionally during 2013, we assessed the qualitative factors related to Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, which represents $9.3 million of our goodwill balance and determined that the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test was warranted.  Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC has experienced declining revenues and profitability over the past few years.  We performed a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment for Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC based on estimates of the fair value of equity using discounted cash flow analyses as well as guideline company and guideline transaction information. The inputs and assumptions are incorporated in the valuations including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, the fair value of tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, and applicable valuation multiples based on the guideline information. Based on our latest annual impairment assessment of Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC and their current and projected financial results, we believe that the fair value is in excess of the carrying amount.  As a result, management concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2013.  Although, we concluded that no impairment of goodwill existed for Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, any further declines in financial performance for Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC could result in potential goodwill impairment in future periods.

 

Other intangible assets subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment in accordance with authoritative guidance. An impairment loss will be recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible is not considered recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset.  During 2013, management reviewed qualitative factors for its intangible assets and determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the intangible assets was greater than their carrying amount.  During 2012, management recorded an impairment charge of $773 thousand related to the customer list intangible due to the fact that the expected cash flows from the customer list intangible were less than the carrying amount of the customer list intangible.  The impairment charge was determined by the difference between the fair value of the customer list intangible and the carrying amount of the customer list intangible.

 

Income Taxes.  We are subject to the income tax laws of the various jurisdictions where we conduct business and estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to these various tax jurisdictions. The estimated income tax expense (benefit) is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The evaluation pertaining to the tax expense and related tax asset and liability balances involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity around the ultimate measurement and resolution of these matters.

 

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from tax jurisdictions either currently or in the future and are reported in other assets on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. We assess the appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other pertinent information and maintain tax accruals consistent with our evaluation. Changes in the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations by the tax authorities and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that could impact the relative merits of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, impact accrued taxes and can materially affect our operating results. We regularly evaluate our uncertain tax positions and estimate the appropriate level of reserves related to each of these positions.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had net deferred tax assets totaling $48.6 million. These deferred tax assets can only be realized if the Bank generates taxable income in the future.  The Bank regularly evaluates the realizability of deferred tax asset positions. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, the Bank considers the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented. The Bank currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state net operating losses, other-than-temporary

 

34



Table of Contents

 

impairments, and a charitable contribution carryover that, if not fully utilized, will expire in 2015, that management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The Bank expects to realize the remaining deferred tax assets over the allowable carryback and/or carryforward periods. Therefore, no valuation allowance is deemed necessary against its remaining federal or state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013.  However, if an unanticipated event occurred that materially changed pre-tax book income and taxable income in future periods, an increase in the valuation allowance may become necessary and it could be material to the Bank’s financial statements.

 

Postretirement Benefits. Several variables affect the annual cost for our defined benefit retirement programs. The main variables are: (1) size and characteristics of the employee population, (2) discount rate, (3) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, (4) recognition of actual asset returns, and (5) other actuarial assumptions. Below is a brief description of these variables and the effect they have on our pension costs.

 

Size and Characteristics of the Employee Population.  Pension cost is directly related to the number of employees covered by the plans, and other factors including salary, age, years of employment, and benefit terms. Effective June 30, 2008, plan participants ceased to accrue additional benefits under the existing pension benefit formula and their accrued benefits were frozen.

 

Discount Rate.  The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations. The discount rate for each plan is determined by matching the expected cash flows of each plan to a yield curve based on long-term, high quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date, December 31, 2013. The discount rate for each plan is reset annually or upon occurrence of a triggering event on the measurement date to reflect current market conditions.

 

If we were to assume a 0.25% increase/decrease in the discount rate for all retirement and other postretirement plans, and keep all other assumptions constant, the benefit cost would decrease/increase by approximately $164 thousand.

 

Expected Long-term Rate of Return on Plan Assets.  Based on historical experience, market projections, and the target asset allocation set forth in the investment policy for the retirement plans, the pre-tax expected rate of return on plan assets was 7.45% for 2013 compared to 8.0% for 2012. This expected rate of return is dependent upon the asset allocation decisions made with respect to plan assets.  Annual differences, if any, between expected and actual returns are included in the unrecognized net actuarial gain or loss amount. We generally amortize any unrecognized net actuarial gain or loss in excess of 10% in net periodic pension expense over the average future service of active employees, which is approximately seven years, or average future lifetime for plans with no active participants that are frozen. For details on changes in the pension benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, see Note 17 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

If we were to assume a 0.25% increase/decrease in the expected long-term rate of return for the retirement and other postretirement plans, and all other actuarial assumptions remained constant, the benefit cost would decrease/increase by approximately $209 thousand.

 

Recognition of Actual Asset Returns.  Accounting guidance allows for the use of an asset value that smoothes investment gains and losses over a period up to five years. However, we have elected to use a preferable method in determining pension cost. This method uses the actual market value of the plan assets. Therefore, we will experience more variability in the annual pension cost, as the asset values will be more volatile than companies who elected to “smooth” their investment experience.

 

Other Actuarial Assumptions.  To estimate the projected benefit obligation, actuarial assumptions are required with respect to factors such as mortality rate, turnover rate, retirement rate and disability rate. These factors do not tend to change significantly over time, so the range of assumptions, and their impact on pension cost, is generally limited. We annually review the assumptions used based on historical and expected future experience.

 

In addition to our defined benefit programs, we offer a defined contribution plan (“401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all of our employees. During 2008, in conjunction with freezing benefit accruals under the defined benefit program, we enhanced our 401(k) Plan and combined it with a recently formed Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) to form the Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank Employee Savings and Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”). While the KSOP is one plan, the two separate components of the 401(k) Plan and ESOP remain. Under the KSOP, we make basic and matching contributions as well as additional contributions for certain employees based on age and years of service. We may also make discretionary contributions. Each participant’s account is credited with shares of the Company’s stock or cash based on compensation earned during the year. For additional information, refer to Note 18 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Balance Sheet Analysis

 

Securities

 

At December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, was $1.56 billion, or 34.1% of total assets. At December 31, 2013, 93.4% of the investment portfolio was comprised of mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. At December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio also included 4.5% of municipal bonds and 0.8% of government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) and government agency notes. The remaining 1.3% of our investment portfolio consisted primarily of foreign bonds, mutual funds and money market funds. During 2013, we invested primarily into other mortgage-backed securities (GSEs) issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The GSE mortgage-backed securities amortize over their estimated life and therefore provide a constant source of liquidity.

 

In order to mitigate the credit risk related to the Company’s held-to-maturity and available-for-sale portfolios, the Company monitors the ratings of its securities. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 94.2% of the Company’s portfolio consisted of direct government obligations, government sponsored enterprise obligations or securities rated AAA by Moody’s and/or S&P. In addition, at December 31, 2013, approximately 4.3% of the investment portfolio was rated below AAA but rated investment grade by Moody’s and/or S&P and approximately 1.5% of the investment portfolio was not rated. Securities not rated consist primarily of short-term municipal anticipation notes, private placement municipal bonds, equity securities, mutual funds and bank certificates of deposit.

 

The following table sets forth the cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSE and agency notes

 

$

12,968

 

$

12,917

 

$

26,085

 

$

26,367

 

$

204

 

$

203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

5,815

 

6,019

 

6,732

 

6,986

 

7,874

 

8,106

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

840,787

 

833,098

 

940,452

 

965,682

 

509,434

 

536,451

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

98,708

 

96,429

 

157,581

 

158,467

 

180,029

 

182,395

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

 

945,310

 

935,546

 

1,104,765

 

1,131,135

 

697,337

 

726,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal and other bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal bonds

 

65,593

 

67,429

 

75,534

 

80,013

 

85,503

 

90,154

 

Pooled trust preferred securities

 

 

 

10,382

 

8,722

 

13,433

 

11,153

 

Total municipal and other bonds

 

65,593

 

67,429

 

85,916

 

88,735

 

98,936

 

101,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

2,478

 

3,139

 

Money market, mutual funds and CDs

 

18,337

 

18,288

 

21,110

 

21,254

 

43,399

 

43,410

 

Total securities available-for-sale

 

1,042,208

 

1,034,180

 

1,237,876

 

1,267,491

 

842,354

 

875,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities held-to-maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

 

 

536

 

537

 

589

 

559

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

502,556

 

488,817

 

430,256

 

440,037

 

422,011

 

425,989

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

20,863

 

20,270

 

38,909

 

39,044

 

47,620

 

47,819

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

 

523,419

 

509,087

 

469,701

 

479,618

 

470,220

 

474,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal bonds

 

3,410

 

3,535

 

5,497

 

5,679

 

11,975

 

12,157

 

Foreign bonds

 

2,000

 

2,011

 

2,000

 

2,010

 

500

 

499

 

Total municipal and other bonds

 

5,410

 

5,546

 

7,497

 

7,689

 

12,475

 

12,656

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

 

528,829

 

514,633

 

477,198

 

487,307

 

482,695

 

487,023

 

Total investment securities

 

$

1,571,037

 

$

1,548,813

 

$

1,715,074

 

$

1,754,798

 

$

1,325,049

 

$

1,362,034

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security that is secured by a mortgage, or a collection of mortgages. These securities usually pay periodic payments that are similar to coupon payments. Furthermore, the mortgage must have originated from regulated and authorized financial institutions. The contractual cash flows of investments in government sponsored enterprises’ mortgage-backed securities are debt obligations of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, both of which are currently under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). The cash flows related to GNMA securities are direct obligations of the U.S. Government. Mortgage-backed securities are also known as mortgage pass-throughs. CMOs are a type of mortgage-backed security that

 

36



Table of Contents

 

create separate pools of pass-through rates for different classes of bondholders with varying cash flow structures, called tranches. The repayments from the pool of pass-through securities are used to retire the bonds in the order specified by the bonds’ prospectuses. At December 31, 2013, we had no investments in a single company or entity (other than United States government sponsored enterprise securities) that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, securities totaling $1.2 billion and $101.5 million, respectively, were in an unrealized loss position and the unrealized losses on these securities totaled $34.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The increase in unrealized losses on securities was primarily due to an increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates in the second half of 2013. When evaluating for impairment, we consider the duration and extent to which fair value is less than cost, the credit worthiness and near-term prospects of the issuer, the likelihood of recovering our investment, whether we have the intent to sell the investment, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investment before recovery, and other available information to determine the nature of the decline in market value of the securities.

 

At December 31, 2013, the unrealized losses in the portfolio were mainly attributed to its GSEs mortgage-backed securities and its GSE CMOs.  The unrealized losses are due to current interest rate levels relative to our cost and not credit quality.  As we do not intend to sell the investments, and it is not likely we will be required to sell the investments prior to recovery, we do not consider the investments to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013. During 2013 and 2012, we did not record any impairment charges for securities.

 

During 2013, we sold $6.2 million of pooled trust securities that resulted in a $1.2 million loss due to the uncertainty regarding banking institutions being allowed to hold pooled trust preferred securities under the Volcker Rule that was issued in December 2013. These securities were in a $740 thousand unrealized loss position at the time of the sale.

 

The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2013. Certain securities have adjustable interest rates and may reprice monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually within the various maturity ranges. Mutual funds and money market funds are not included in the table based on lack of a maturity date. The investment portfolio consists of $1.5 billion of fixed rate securities and $26.5 million in adjustable rate securities at December 31, 2013.

 

 

 

One Year or Less

 

More than One Year to
Five Years

 

More than Five Years
to Ten Years

 

More than Ten Years

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Carrying
Value

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Carrying
Value

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Carrying
Value

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Carrying
Value

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Carrying
Value

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSE and agency notes

 

$

144

 

8.1

%

 

 

$

12,773

 

1.9

%

$

 

 

$

12,917

 

2.0

%

Mortgage-backed securities & CMOs

 

 

 

143,814

 

1.1

 

440,784

 

2.2

 

350,948

 

2.8

 

935,546

 

2.3

 

Municipal and other bonds

 

4,129

 

4.5

 

8,328

 

3.7

 

37,887

 

4.1

 

17,085

 

4.5

 

67,429

 

4.2

 

Pooled trust preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

12

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

0.5

 

Total available-for-sale

 

4,285

 

4.6

 

152,142

 

1.3

 

491,444

 

2.3

 

368,033

 

2.9

 

1,015,904

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities & CMOs

 

2

 

6.0

 

2,611

 

4.3

 

113,229

 

2.1

 

407,577

 

2.7

 

523,419

 

2.6

 

Foreign bonds

 

 

 

2,000

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

1.7

 

Municipal bonds

 

2,540

 

3.2

 

490

 

4.8

 

380

 

5.7

 

 

 

3,410

 

3.7

 

Total held to maturity

 

2,542

 

3.2

 

5,101

 

3.3

 

113,609

 

2.1

 

407,577

 

2.7

 

528,829

 

2.6

 

Total

 

$

6,827

 

4.1

%

$

157,243

 

1.3

%

$

605,053

 

2.3

%

$

775,610

 

2.8

%

$

1,544,733

 

2.5

%

 

Loans

 

At December 31, 2013, total loans were $2.29 billion, or 51.1% of total assets, compared to $2.39 billion, or 48.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2012. Total loans decreased $105.5 million, or 4.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2013.  Despite total loan originations of $560.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, our loan portfolio decreased as a result of high commercial loan repayments and continued weak loan demand. The increase in intermediate and long term interest rates during the year also resulted in lower mortgage loan originations. Throughout 2013, we held in portfolio the majority of our agency eligible mortgage production as the yields on these mortgages were attractive compared to the rates available on investment securities.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the loan portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Commercial Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

$

584,133

 

24.9

%

$

639,557

 

26.1

%

$

547,010

 

21.2

%

$

600,734

 

21.5

%

$

599,849

 

21.5

%

Commercial business loans

 

378,663

 

16.2

 

332,169

 

13.6

 

429,266

 

16.7

 

441,881

 

15.8

 

438,778

 

15.7

 

Commercial construction

 

38,067

 

1.6

 

105,047

 

4.3

 

233,545

 

9.1

 

268,314

 

9.6

 

264,734

 

9.5

 

Total commercial loans

 

1,000,863

 

42.7

 

1,076,773

 

44.0

 

1,209,821

 

47.0

 

1,310,929

 

46.9

 

1,303,361

 

46.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

683,700

 

29.2

 

665,246

 

27.2

 

623,955

 

24.2

 

687,565

 

24.6

 

647,687

 

23.3

 

Residential construction

 

277

 

 

2,094

 

0.1

 

5,581

 

0.2

 

11,157

 

0.4

 

11,938

 

0.4

 

Total residential loans

 

683,977

 

29.2

 

667,340

 

27.3

 

629,536

 

24.4

 

698,722

 

25.0

 

659,625

 

23.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity & lines of credit

 

234,154

 

10.0

 

258,499

 

10.5

 

268,793

 

10.5

 

288,875

 

10.3

 

314,467

 

11.3

 

Personal

 

40,892

 

1.8

 

55,850

 

2.3

 

73,094

 

2.8

 

94,036

 

3.4

 

112,142

 

4.0

 

Education

 

206,521

 

8.8

 

217,896

 

8.9

 

234,844

 

9.1

 

249,696

 

8.9

 

257,021

 

9.2

 

Automobile

 

175,400

 

7.5

 

170,946

 

7.0

 

160,041

 

6.2

 

154,144

 

5.5

 

143,503

 

5.1

 

Total consumer loans

 

656,967

 

28.1

 

703,191

 

28.7

 

736,772

 

28.6

 

786,751

 

28.1

 

827,133

 

29.6

 

Total loans

 

2,341,807

 

100.0

%

2,447,304

 

100.0

%

2,576,129

 

100.0

%

2,796,402

 

100.0

%

2,790,119

 

100.0

%

Allowance for losses

 

(55,649

)

 

 

(57,649

)

 

 

(54,213

)

 

 

(45,366

)

 

 

(45,855

)

 

 

Loans, net

 

$

2,286,158

 

 

 

$

2,389,655

 

 

 

$

2,521,916

 

 

 

$

2,751,036

 

 

 

$

2,744,264

 

 

 

 

Loan Maturity

 

The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2013 regarding the dollar amount of loan principal repayments becoming due during the periods indicated.  The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below.  Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less.  Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally do not provide for downward adjustments below the initial discounted contract rate.  When market interest rates rise, the interest rates on these loans may increase based on the contract rate (the index plus the margin) exceeding the initial interest rate floor.

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial
Real Estate

 

Commercial
Business

 

Commercial
Construction

 

Residential
Real
Estate

 

Residential
Construction

 

Home
Equity &
Lines of
Credit

 

Personal

 

Education

 

Auto

 

Total
Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year or less

 

$

18,939

 

$

9,843

 

$

2,518

 

$

812

 

$

131

 

$

47,795

 

$

1,587

 

$

14

 

$

18

 

$

81,657

 

More than 1-5 years

 

149,692

 

125,260

 

24,104

 

8,295

 

146

 

14,769

 

5,462

 

2,299

 

69,083

 

399,110

 

More than 5-10 years

 

134,594

 

102,948

 

11,445

 

38,586

 

 

53,734

 

14,980

 

14,733

 

106,299

 

477,319

 

More than 10 years

 

280,908

 

140,612

 

 

636,007

 

 

117,856

 

18,863

 

189,475

 

 

1,383,721

 

Total

 

$

584,133

 

$

378,663

 

$

38,067

 

$

683,700

 

$

277

 

$

234,154

 

$

40,892

 

$

206,521

 

$

175,400

 

$

2,341,807

 

 

38



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth all loans at December 31, 2013 that are due after December 31, 2014 and have either fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fixed Rates

 

Floating or
Adjustable Rates

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

$

251,815

 

$

276,152

 

$

527,967

 

Commercial business

 

130,224

 

185,248

 

315,472

 

Commercial construction

 

9,919

 

16,636

 

26,555

 

Residential real estate

 

632,301

 

49,991

 

682,292

 

Home equity and lines of credit

 

166,324

 

18,949

 

185,273

 

Personal

 

39,018

 

 

39,018

 

Education

 

194,807

 

11,700

 

206,507

 

Automobile

 

172,728

 

 

172,728

 

Total

 

$

1,597,136

 

$

558,676

 

$

2,155,812

 

 

Loan Activity

 

The following table shows loans originated, purchased and sold during the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Total loans at beginning of period

 

$

2,447,304

 

$

2,576,129

 

$

2,796,402

 

$

2,790,119

 

$

2,424,582

 

Originations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

59,278

 

79,542

 

50,238

 

72,176

 

66,842

 

Commercial business

 

163,937

 

82,791

 

85,180

 

131,865

 

202,947

 

Commercial construction

 

23,535

 

38,811

 

77,323

 

141,644

 

116,391

 

Total commercial loans

 

246,750

 

201,144

 

212,741

 

345,685

 

386,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

173,977

 

225,730

 

138,972

 

191,805

 

183,666

 

Residential construction

 

208

 

1,593

 

5,261

 

12,031

 

8,940

 

Total residential loans

 

174,185

 

227,323

 

144,233

 

203,836

 

192,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity and lines of credit

 

58,175

 

72,696

 

72,242

 

62,978

 

45,780

 

Personal

 

1,478

 

1,377

 

3,884

 

43,853

 

52,894

 

Education

 

 

 

 

 

16,425

 

Automobile

 

79,856

 

82,223

 

74,407

 

76,639

 

71,090

 

Total consumer loans

 

139,509

 

156,296

 

150,533

 

183,470

 

186,189

 

Total loans originated

 

560,444

 

584,793

 

507,507

 

732,991

 

764,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans acquired from SE Financial

 

 

175,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

9,888

 

201,681

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments & repayments (net of charge-offs)

 

639,813

 

779,504

 

664,147

 

726,652

 

560,617

 

Loan sales

 

20,591

 

100,685

 

58,883

 

 

37,272

 

Transfers to foreclosed real estate

 

5,537

 

8,630

 

4,750

 

9,944

 

3,230

 

Total loans at end of period

 

$

2,341,807

 

$

2,447,304

 

$

2,576,129

 

$

2,796,402

 

$

2,790,119

 

 

Deposits

 

Our deposit base is comprised of demand deposits, money market and passbook accounts and time deposits. Deposits decreased $267.5 million, or 6.8%, to $3.66 billion at December 31, 2013 from $3.92 billion at December 31, 2012. The decrease in deposits during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily the result of a $228.6 million decrease in municipal deposits which was consistent with the planned run-off associated with our re-pricing of higher-cost, non-relationship-based municipal accounts as well as decreases in non-interest bearing deposits and money market accounts. Municipal checking accounts consisted of approximately 758 accounts with an average balance of $505 thousand at December 31, 2013 compared to 1,346 accounts with an average balance of $473 thousand at December 31, 2012.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the deposits as a percentage of total deposits for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

At December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total
Deposits

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total
 Deposits

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total
Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

291,109

 

7.9

%

$

328,892

 

8.4

%

$

278,968

 

7.8

%

Interest-earning checking accounts

 

686,582

 

18.8

 

663,737

 

16.9

 

485,160

 

13.5

 

Municipal checking accounts

 

383,043

 

10.5

 

611,599

 

15.6

 

679,055

 

18.9

 

Money market accounts

 

441,881

 

12.1

 

496,508

 

12.6

 

529,877

 

14.7

 

Savings accounts

 

1,127,339

 

30.8

 

1,037,424

 

26.4

 

783,388

 

21.8

 

Certificates of deposit

 

730,062

 

19.9

 

789,353

 

20.1

 

838,354

 

23.3

 

Total

 

$

3,660,016

 

100.0

%

$

3,927,513

 

100.0

%

$

3,594,802

 

100.0

%

 

We are required to pledge securities to secure municipal deposits.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had pledged $296.8 million and $438.4 million, respectively, of securities to secure these deposits.

 

The following table sets forth the time remaining until maturity for certificate of deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2013.

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Certificates
of Deposit

 

Maturity Period:

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

23,742

 

Over three through six months

 

20,898

 

Over six through twelve months

 

34,951

 

Over twelve months

 

55,652

 

Total

 

$

135,243

 

 

The following table sets forth the deposit activity for the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,927,513

 

$

3,594,802

 

$

3,942,304

 

(Decrease) Increase before interest credited

 

(285,251

)

34,714

 

(377,426

)

Interest credited

 

17,754

 

22,704

 

29,924

 

Deposits acquired from SE Financial

 

 

275,293

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

 

(267,497

)

332,711

 

(347,502

)

Ending balance

 

$

3,660,016

 

$

3,927,513

 

$

3,594,802

 

 

Borrowings

 

We have the ability to utilize advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh to supplement our liquidity.  As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain mortgage loans and other assets, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met.  Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities.  We also utilize securities sold under agreements to repurchase and overnight repurchase agreements, along with the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window and Federal Funds lines with correspondent banks to supplement our supply of investable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements.  To secure our borrowings, we generally pledge securities and/or loans.  The types of securities pledged for borrowings include, but are not limited to, agency GSE notes and agency mortgage-backed securities.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the outstanding borrowings and weighted averages at the dates indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

$

195,000

 

$

165,000

 

$

113,000

 

Repurchase agreements

 

85,000

 

125,000

 

135,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia overnight borrowings

 

 

 

 

Statutory trust debenture

 

25,370

 

25,352

 

25,335

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average outstanding balance during period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

$

185,658

 

$

135,669

 

$

101,655

 

Repurchase agreements

 

53,534

 

99,891

 

128,589

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

5

 

4

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia overnight borrowings

 

5

 

3

 

1

 

Statutory trust debenture

 

25,361

 

22,343

 

25,325

 

Other

 

22

 

8

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

2.87

%

2.92

%

3.26

%

Repurchase agreements

 

3.65

 

3.60

 

3.72

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

0.26

 

0.15

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia overnight borrowings

 

0.75

 

0.77

 

0.73

 

Statutory trust debenture

 

1.98

 

2.18

 

2.02

 

Other

 

0.58

 

0.62

 

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at end of period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

$

195,000

 

$

140,000

 

$

100,000

 

Repurchase agreements

 

30,000

 

85,000

 

125,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia overnight borrowings

 

 

 

 

Statutory trust debenture

 

25,370

 

25,352

 

25,335

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

2.86

%

2.68

%

3.19

%

Repurchase agreements

 

3.78

 

3.41

 

3.63

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia overnight borrowings

 

 

 

 

Statutory trust debenture

 

1.82

 

1.89

 

2.13

 

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

Financial Highlights

 

We recorded net income of $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to net income of $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and net income of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $2.2 million of merger charges related to the acquisition of SE Financial Corp. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $5.1 million of restructuring charges related to the implementation of our expense management reduction program.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we reported net interest income of $123.7 million, a decrease of $15.7 million, or 11.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. Net interest income was $142.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily the result of reduced yields on the investment and loan portfolio and lower loan balances, as a result of prepayments and continued weak loan demand. We expect that the continued low interest rate environment will put pressure on net interest margin in future periods until we can begin to grow our loan portfolio and reduce the percentage of our balance sheet assets that are held in lower yielding cash and investments.

 

Credit costs have decreased during the year ended December 31, 2013 from the same period in 2012 and 2011 as a result of a decrease in levels of delinquencies, net charge-offs and non-performing assets.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $13.0 million compared to $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $37.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Summary Income Statements

 

The following table sets forth the income summary for the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change 2013/2012

 

Change 2012/2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

123,736

 

$

139,457

 

$

142,097

 

$

(15,721

)

(11.27

)%

$

(2,640

)

(1.86

)%

Provision for loan losses

 

13,000

 

28,000

 

37,500

 

(15,000

)

(53.57

)%

(9,500

)

(25.33

)%

Non-interest income

 

25,125

 

27,606

 

25,236

 

(2,481

)

(8.99

)%

2,370

 

9.39

%

Non-interest expense

 

120,688

 

123,125

 

120,710

 

(2,437

)

(1.98

)%

2,415

 

2.00

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

2,595

 

1,759

 

(1,913

)

836

 

47.53

%

3,672

 

191.95

%

Net income

 

12,578

 

14,179

 

11,036

 

(1,601

)

(11.29

)%

3,143

 

28.48

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

2.01

%

2.23

%

1.77

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

0.26

%

0.29

%

0.23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

Average Balance Table

 

The following table presents information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting annualized average yields and costs.  The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the average daily balances of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.  Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and are not material.  Non-accrual loans are included in the average balances.  In addition, yields are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.  Any adjustments necessary to present yields on a tax-equivalent basis are insignificant.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Average Balance Tables

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest &

 

Yield /

 

Average

 

Interest &

 

Yield /

 

Average

 

Interest &

 

Yield /

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Dividends

 

Cost

 

Balance

 

Dividends

 

Cost

 

Balance

 

Dividends

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading Securities

 

$

 

$

 

0.00

%

$

 

$

 

0.00

%

$

2,226

 

$

26

 

1.19

%

Overnight Investments

 

325,443

 

821

 

0.25

%

353,058

 

893

 

0.25

%

351,304

 

890

 

0.25

%

Stock

 

17,774

 

208

 

1.17

%

18,312

 

35

 

0.19

%

20,878

 

5

 

0.02

%

Other Investment securities

 

1,666,628

 

33,833

 

2.03

%

1,508,347

 

36,820

 

2.44

%

1,323,951

 

39,537

 

2.99

%

Total Investment securities

 

2,009,845

 

34,862

 

1.73

%

1,879,717

 

37,748

 

2.01

%

1,698,359

 

40,458

 

2.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

680,593

 

31,293

 

4.60

%

661,308

 

32,622

 

4.93

%

681,322

 

33,439

 

4.91

%

Non-residential

 

600,856

 

30,494

 

5.02

%

699,970

 

37,067

 

5.29

%

759,196

 

38,679

 

5.09

%

Total real estate

 

1,281,449

 

61,787

 

4.80

%

1,361,278

 

69,689

 

5.12

%

1,440,518

 

72,118

 

5.00

%

Business loans

 

297,209

 

14,905

 

4.96

%

335,702

 

20,030

 

5.96

%

368,495

 

20,517

 

5.56

%

Small Business loans

 

120,993

 

7,085

 

5.80

%

140,170

 

8,346

 

5.95

%

145,900

 

8,718

 

5.97

%

Total Business & Small Business loans

 

418,202

 

21,990

 

5.21

%

475,872

 

28,376

 

5.96

%

514,395

 

29,235

 

5.68

%

Total Business loans

 

1,019,058

 

52,484

 

5.10

%

1,175,842

 

65,443

 

5.56

%

1,273,591

 

67,914

 

5.33

%

Personal loans

 

682,219

 

30,737

 

4.51

%

728,522

 

34,617

 

4.75

%

761,588

 

38,332

 

5.03

%

Total loans, net of discount

 

2,381,870

 

114,514

 

4.79

%

2,565,672

 

132,682

 

5.17

%

2,716,501

 

139,685

 

5.14

%

Total interest earning assets

 

4,391,715

 

149,376

 

3.39

%

4,445,389

 

170,430

 

3.83

%

4,414,860

 

180,143

 

4.08

%

Non-interest earning assets

 

353,690

 

 

 

 

 

388,553

 

 

 

 

 

393,912

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,745,405

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,833,942

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,808,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing savings and demand deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and club accounts

 

$

1,096,502

 

$

4,802

 

0.44

%

$

944,997

 

$

5,262

 

0.56

%

$

740,466

 

$

4,891

 

0.66

%

Money market accounts

 

474,500

 

1,851

 

0.39

%

532,266

 

3,130

 

0.59

%

598,592

 

4,267

 

0.71

%

Demand deposits

 

668,165

 

1,681

 

0.25

%

581,003

 

1,663

 

0.29

%

432,901

 

959

 

0.22

%

Demand deposits - Municipals

 

475,605

 

1,267

 

0.27

%

636,140

 

3,049

 

0.48

%

873,234

 

6,783

 

0.78

%

Certificates of deposit

 

758,355

 

8,242

 

1.09

%

818,906

 

9,765

 

1.19

%

878,326

 

12,531

 

1.43

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

3,473,127

 

17,843

 

0.51

%

3,513,312

 

22,869

 

0.65

%

3,523,519

 

29,431

 

0.84

%

Borrowings

 

264,586

 

7,797

 

2.95

%

260,918

 

8,104

 

3.11

%

255,594

 

8,615

 

3.37

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

3,737,713

 

25,640

 

0.69

%

3,774,230

 

30,973

 

0.82

%

3,779,113

 

38,046

 

1.01

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

 

305,815

 

 

 

 

 

300,153

 

 

 

 

 

277,819

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

77,693

 

 

 

 

 

126,217

 

 

 

 

 

129,630

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

4,121,221

 

 

 

 

 

4,200,600

 

 

 

 

 

4,186,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

624,184

 

 

 

 

 

633,342

 

 

 

 

 

622,210

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

4,745,405

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,833,942

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,808,772

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

123,736

 

 

 

 

 

$

139,457

 

 

 

 

 

$

142,097

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

 

 

 

 

2.70

%

 

 

 

 

3.01

%

 

 

 

 

3.07

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

2.81

%

 

 

 

 

3.13

%

 

 

 

 

3.22

%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

117.50

%

 

 

 

 

117.78

%

 

 

 

 

116.83

%

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Rate/Volume Analysis.  The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income.  The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume).  The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate).  The net column represents the sum of the prior columns.  Changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

 

 

Year Ended 12/31/2013
Compared to
Year Ended 12/31/2012

 

Year Ended 12/31/2012
Compared to
Year Ended 12/31/2011

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
Due to

 

Increase (Decrease)
Due to

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

$

(8,837

)

$

(9,331

)

$

(18,168

)

$

(7,800

)

$

797

 

$

(7,003

)

Trading securities

 

 

 

 

(26

)

 

(26

)

Overnight investments

 

(72

)

 

(72

)

4

 

(1

)

3

 

Investment securities

 

(1,027

)

216

 

(811

)

(13,135

)

5,403

 

(7,732

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

4,772

 

(5,779

)

(1,007

)

14,723

 

(9,248

)

5,475

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

(710

)

(459

)

(1,169

)

1,054

 

(1,514

)

(460

)

Other interest-earning assets

 

(6

)

179

 

173

 

(5

)

35

 

30

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

(5,880

)

(15,174

)

(21,054

)

(5,185

)

(4,528

)

(9,713

)

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning checking accounts

 

(189

)

(1,575

)

(1,764

)

(345

)

(2,685

)

(3,030

)

Money market

 

(225

)

(1,054

)

(1,279

)

(390

)

(747

)

(1,137

)

Savings accounts

 

663

 

(1,123

)

(460

)

1,139

 

(768

)

371

 

Time deposits

 

(658

)

(865

)

(1,523

)

(708

)

(2,058

)

(2,766

)

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

(409

)

(4,617

)

(5,026

)

(304

)

(6,258

)

(6,562

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

1,437

 

(57

)

1,380

 

992

 

(353

)

639

 

Repurchase agreements

 

(1,693

)

55

 

(1,638

)

(1,033

)

(157

)

(1,190

)

Statutory trust debenture

 

 

(49

)

(49

)

 

40

 

40

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

(665

)

(4,668

)

(5,333

)

(345

)

(6,728

)

(7,073

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

 

$

(5,215

)

$

(10,506

)

$

(15,721

)

$

(4,840

)

$

2,200

 

$

(2,640

)

 

2013 vs. 2012.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income decreased $15.7 million, or 11.3%, to $123.7 million from $139.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, total interest income decreased $21.0 million, or 12.4%, to $149.4 million from $170.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The low interest rate environment has resulted in a high number of prepayments in our investment and loan portfolios as borrowers have refinanced their existing loans to take advantage of low interest rates. The decrease in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period last year was primarily the result of a decline in the average rate earned on our investment and loan portfolios due to the low rate environment and a decline in the average balance of our loan portfolio driven by high commercial loan prepayments and weak loan demand.   We have been able to reduce the cost of our interest bearing liabilities in 2013 with average rates decreasing to 0.69% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 0.82% for the year ended December 31, 2012, by re-pricing higher cost deposits, particularly municipal deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2013, total interest expense decreased $5.4 million, or 17.2%, to $25.6 million from $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to a decline in interest rates. During 2013, the average balance of our municipal deposits decreased $160.5 million and the cost on municipal deposits decreased 21 basis points consistent with the planned run-off associated with our re-pricing of higher-cost, non-relationship-based municipal accounts.  Also during 2013, the average balance of our certificates of deposit decreased $60.6 million and the cost on certificates of deposit decreased 10 basis points.  We believe that the low interest rate environment will continue to lower yields on our investment and loan portfolios to a greater extent than we can reduce rates on deposits which will put pressure on net interest margin in future periods.

 

2012 vs. 2011.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, net interest income decreased $2.7 million, or 1.9%, to $139.4 million from $142.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, total interest income decreased $9.7 million, or 5.4%, to $170.4 million from $180.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in interest income was driven by excess levels of cash as a result of higher than normal commercial loan prepayments, weak overall loan demand and prepayments of higher yielding investments.    We have been able to reduce the cost of our interest bearing liabilities in 2012 with average rates decreasing to 0.82% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1.01% for the year ended December 31, 2011, by reducing borrowings and re-pricing higher cost deposits, particularly municipal deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2012, total interest expense decreased $7.0 million, or 18.6%, to $31.0 million from $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to a decline in interest rates. During 2012, the average balance of our certificates of deposit

 

44



Table of Contents

 

decreased $59.4 million and the cost on certificates of deposit decreased 24 basis points.  The rate on municipal deposits decreased 30 basis points to 0.48% at December 31, 2012 compared to 0.78% at December 31, 2011.  We believe that the low interest rate environment will continue to lower yields on our investment and loan portfolios to a greater extent than we can reduce rates on deposits which will put pressure on net interest margin in future periods.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

A provision for loan losses of $13.0 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to provisions of $28.0 million and $37.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Credit costs have decreased for the year end December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.  The decline in the provision for loan losses is consistent with the decline in delinquencies, net charge-offs and non-performing assets.  Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $15.0 million, compared to $24.6 million and $28.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We charge-off any collateral or cash flow deficiency on all classified loans once they are 90 days delinquent. Government guaranteed student loans greater than 90 days delinquent continue to accrue interest as these loans are guaranteed by the government and have little risk of credit loss. The provision for loan losses was determined by management to be an amount necessary to maintain a balance of allowance for loan losses at a level that considers all known and current losses in the loan portfolio as well as potential losses due to unknown factors such as the economic environment.  Changes in the provision were based on management’s analysis of various factors such as: estimated fair value of underlying collateral, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, levels and trends in delinquent loans, and changes in general economic and business conditions.

 

At December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses totaled $55.6 million, or 2.38% of total loans outstanding, compared to $57.6 million, or 2.36% of total loans outstanding, as of December 31, 2012 and $54.2 million, or 2.10% of total loans outstanding, as of December 31, 2011.  An analysis of the changes in the allowance for loan losses is presented under “Risk Management—Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses” below.

 

Non-interest Income

 

The following table sets forth a summary of non-interest income for the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change 2013/2012

 

Change 2012/2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance commission income

 

$

7,170

 

$

7,389

 

$

7,720

 

$

(219

)

(3.0

)%

$

(331

)

(4.3

)%

Other services charges

 

11,458

 

10,182

 

9,763

 

1,276

 

12.5

%

419

 

4.3

 

Mortgage banking income

 

1,017

 

2,731

 

916

 

(1,714

)

(62.8

)%

1,815

 

198.2

 

Gains on sale of investment securities available-for-sale

 

1,377

 

2,882

 

652

 

(1,505

)

(52.2

)%

2,230

 

342.0

 

Trading securities profits

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

(81

)

100.0

 

Limited partnership losses and amortizations

 

(2,464

)

(2,683

)

(1,159

)

219

 

8.2

%

(1,524

)

(131.5

)

Bank owned life insurance

 

1,618

 

1,479

 

1,458

 

139

 

9.4

%

21

 

1.4

 

Returned check charges

 

4,949

 

5,626

 

5,805

 

(677

)

(12.0

)%

(179

)

(3.1

)

Total

 

$

25,125

 

$

27,606

 

$

25,236

 

$

(2,481

)

(9.0

)%

$

2,370

 

9.4

%

 

2013 vs. 2012.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, non-interest income decreased $2.5 million, or 9.0%, to $25.1 million from $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The decrease was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in the net gain on the sale of investment securities as a result of the loss recorded in connection with the sale of the pooled trust preferred securities, a $1.7 million decrease in mortgage banking income given the decision to hold in portfolio the majority of our mortgage production and a $677 thousand decline in returned check charges, partially offset by a $639 thousand increase in debit card interchange fees and a $550 thousand increase in account analysis charges.

 

2012 vs. 2011.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest income increased $2.4 million, or 9.4%, to $27.6 million from $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The increase in non-interest income was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in gain on the sale of securities and a $1.8 million increase in mortgage banking income, partially offset by $1.5 million of additional amortization or impairment of limited partnership losses as we align the low income housing investments to the remaining tax credits.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Non-interest Expense

 

The following table sets forth an analysis of non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change 2013/2012

 

Change 2012/2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

57,154

 

$

57,529

 

$

55,812

 

$

(375

)

(0.7

)%

$

1,717

 

3.1

%

Occupancy expense

 

9,826

 

9,887

 

11,040

 

(61

)

(0.6

)

(1,153

)

(10.4

)

Depreciation, amortization and maintenance

 

9,026

 

8,919

 

8,683

 

107

 

1.2

 

236

 

2.7

 

Marketing expense

 

5,234

 

2,811

 

3,189

 

2,423

 

86.2

 

(378

)

(11.9

)

Amortization of intangibles

 

1,872

 

4,163

 

3,584

 

(2,291

)

(55.0

)

579

 

16.2

 

FDIC insurance

 

3,589

 

4,221

 

5,332

 

(632

)

(15.0

)

(1,111

)

(20.8

)

Merger and restructuring charges

 

(189

)

2,233

 

5,058

 

(2,422

)

(108.5

)

(2,825

)

(55.9

)

Professional fees

 

5,058

 

5,396

 

4,380

 

(338

)

(6.3

)

1,016

 

23.2

 

Insurance expense

 

1,869

 

1,842

 

1,875

 

27

 

1.5

 

(33

)

(1.8

)

Printing and supplies

 

1,488

 

1,791

 

1,691

 

(303

)

(16.9

)

100

 

5.9

 

Correspondent bank charges

 

2,966

 

2,301

 

2,112

 

665

 

28.9

 

189

 

8.9

 

Postage expense

 

1,259

 

1,419

 

1,227

 

(160

)

(11.3

)

192

 

15.6

 

Internet banking

 

2,146

 

2,077

 

2,208

 

69

 

3.3

 

(131

)

(5.9

)

Debit card rewards

 

1,351

 

1,161

 

1,199

 

190

 

16.4

 

(38

)

(3.2

)

Real estate owned expenses

 

876

 

1,724

 

1,632

 

(848

)

(49.2

)

92

 

5.6

 

Real estate owned losses

 

1,306

 

3,077

 

781

 

(1,771

)

(7.6

)

2,296

 

294.0

 

Loan expenses

 

5,509

 

4,143

 

3,705

 

1,366

 

33.0

 

438

 

11.8

 

Other

 

10,348

 

8,431

 

7,202

 

1,917

 

22.7

 

1,229

 

17.1

 

Total

 

$

120,688

 

$

123,125

 

$

120,710

 

$

(2,437

)

(2.0

)%

$

2,415

 

2.0

%

 

2013 vs. 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, non-interest expense decreased $2.4 million, or 2.0%, to $120.7 million from $123.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in non-interest expense was primarily due to a $2.4 million decrease in merger and restructuring charges relating to our acquisition of SE Financial in 2012, a $1.9 million decrease in classified loan and other real estate owned expenses due to improving asset quality metrics, a $2.3 million decrease in intangible amortization expense as a result of intangibles assets that were fully amortized and a $773 thousand intangible asset impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012, and a $632 thousand decrease in FDIC insurance expense as a result of a decline in average tangible assets during 2013.  These decreases to non-interest expense were partially offset by a $2.4 million increase in marketing expense associated with our 2013 brand refresh advertising campaign, a $665 thousand increase in correspondent bank charges, and a net increase in salaries and other expenses of approximately $900 thousand associated with the outsourcing of certain information technology costs.  Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 include $711 thousand of costs associated with a second step transaction that we were evaluating directly before the Department of Justice fair lending investigation.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, our efficiency ratio was 81.07% compared to 73.70% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

2012 vs. 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest expense increased $2.4 million, or 2.0%, to $123.1 million from $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in non-interest expense was driven by to a $1.7 million increase in salaries and benefits primarily as a result of the acquisition of SE Financial and the expansion of our credit risk management and lending staff, a $2.3 million increase in real estate owned losses which consists of property write downs from updated appraisals as well as the loss on the sale of properties. During the fourth quarter, we settled an outstanding lawsuit for $1.0 million which was included in professional fees.  These increases were partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in merger and restructuring charges, a $1.2 million decrease in occupancy expense due to management cost savings initiatives implemented during 2011, and a $1.1 million decrease in FDIC insurance as a result of the assessment base change. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our efficiency ratio was 73.70% compared to 72.10% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Income Tax Expense

 

2013 vs. 2012.   We recorded a provision for income taxes of $2.6 million for 2013, reflecting an effective rate of 17.10%, compared to a provision for income taxes of $1.8 million for 2012, reflecting an effective tax rate benefit of 11.04%. The change from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to recording a full valuation allowance of $269 thousand on a 2010 charitable contribution carryforward that will expire in 2015, for which management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. The tax rates differ from the statutory rate of 35% principally because of tax-exempt investments, non-taxable income related to bank-owned life insurance and tax credits received on affordable housing partnerships.  These tax credits relate to investments maintained by the Company as a limited partner in partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing low-income housing credits pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had net deferred tax assets totaling $48.6 million. These deferred tax assets can only be realized if the Bank generates taxable income in the future.  The Bank regularly evaluates the realizability of deferred tax asset positions. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, the Bank considers the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented. The Bank currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state net operating losses, other-than-temporary impairments, and a charitable contribution carryover that, if not fully utilized, will expire in 2015, that management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The Bank expects to realize the remaining deferred tax assets over the allowable carryback and/or carryforward periods. Therefore, no valuation allowance is deemed necessary against its remaining federal or state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013.  However, if an unanticipated event occurred that materially changed pre-tax book income and taxable income in future periods, an increase in the valuation allowance may become necessary and it could be material to the Bank’s financial statements.

 

2012 vs. 2011.   We recorded an income tax expense of $1.8 million for 2012, reflecting an effective rate of 11.04%, compared to a benefit for income taxes of $1.9 million for 2011, reflecting an effective tax rate benefit of 20.97%. The change from 2011 to 2012 is primarily due to the reversal of a charitable contribution valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2011 as well as an increase in income before income taxes of $6.8 million, to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from net income before taxes of $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as well as provision to return adjustments and merger expense associated with the acquisition of SE Financial.  The tax rates differ from the statutory rate of 35% principally because of tax-exempt investments, non-taxable income related to bank-owned life insurance and tax credits received on affordable housing partnerships.  These tax credits relate to investments maintained by the Company as a limited partner in partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing low-income housing credits pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the rate also differed from the statutory rate of 35% due to the previously mentioned reversal of a charitable valuation allowance recorded in previous periods.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had net deferred tax assets totaling $47.1 million as compared to $38.0 million as of December 31, 2011. These deferred tax assets can only be realized if we generate taxable income in the future.  We regularly evaluate the realizability of deferred tax asset positions. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented. We currently maintain a valuation allowance for certain state net operating losses and other-than-temporary impairments that management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  We expect to realize our remaining deferred tax assets over the allowable carryback and/or carryforward periods. Therefore, no valuation allowance is deemed necessary against our remaining federal or remaining state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012. However, if an unanticipated event occurred that materially changed pre-tax and taxable income in future periods, an increase in the valuation allowance may become necessary and it could be material to our financial statements.

 

Risk Management

 

Overview.  Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution.  Our most prominent risk exposures are credit risk, interest rate risk and market risk.  Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due.  Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of interest income as a result of changes in interest rates.  Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as available-for-sale securities that are accounted for at fair value.  Other risks that we face are operational risk, liquidity risk and reputation risk.  Operational risk includes risks related to fraud, regulatory compliance, processing errors, technology, and disaster recovery.  Liquidity risk is

 

47



Table of Contents

 

the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, lenders or borrowers.  Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could cause a decline in our customer base or revenue.

 

Credit Risk Management.   The objective of our credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on a segmented portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from an individual customer default. Our credit risk management strategy focuses on conservatism, diversification and monitoring. Our lending practices include conservative exposure limits, underwriting, documentation, and collection standards. Our credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on an industry and customer level as well as regular credit examinations and monthly management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. The Board of Directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers or groups of officers up to prescribed limits, based on an officer’s experience and tenure.  Generally, all individual commercial loans and lending relationships less than $15.0 million must be approved by a Loan Committee, which is comprised of personnel from the Credit, Finance and Lending departments. Individual loans or lending relationships with aggregate exposure in excess of $15.0 million must be approved by the Directors’ Loan Committee of the Company’s Board, which is comprised of senior Bank officers and five non-employee directors. Underwriting activities are centralized. Our credit risk review function provides objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, non-accrual and reserve analysis process. Our credit review process and overall assessment of required allowances is based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. We use these assessments to identify potential problem loans within the portfolio, maintain an adequate reserve and take any necessary charge-offs. We charge off the collateral or cash flow deficiency on all loans once they become 90 days delinquent. Generally, all consumer loans are charged-off once they become 90 days delinquent except for education loans as they are guaranteed by the government and there is little risk of loss. In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of an enhanced risk grading system. This risk grading system is consistent with Basel II expectations and allows for precision in the analysis of commercial credit risk. Historical portfolio performance metrics, current economic conditions and delinquency monitoring are factors used to assess the credit risk in our homogenous commercial, residential and consumer loan portfolio.

 

Analysis of Non-performing, Classified Assets and Troubled Debt Restructured.  We consider repossessed assets and loans that are 90 days or more past due, except guaranteed student loans, to be non-performing assets. Generally, all loans, except government guaranteed student loans, are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days delinquent at which time the accrual of interest ceases and any collateral or cash flow deficiency is charged-off. Typically, payments received on a non-accrual loan are applied to the outstanding principal balance of the loan.

 

Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is sold.  We carry acquired property  at the lower of its cost or fair market value (“FMV”) less estimated costs to sell.  Holding costs and declines in fair value after acquisition of the property result in charges against income.

 

We consider a loan a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and we grant a concession that we would not otherwise consider but for the borrower’s financial difficulties.  A TDR includes a modification of debt terms or assets received in satisfaction of the debt (which may include foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure) or a combination of types.  We evaluate selective criteria to determine if a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty including the ability of the borrower to obtain funds from sources other than the Bank at market rates. We consider all TDR loans that are on non-accrual status to be impaired loans. We will not consider the loan a TDR if the loan modification was made to retain a customer in response to competition in the marketplace.

 

Once a loan has been classified as a TDR and has been put on non-accrual status, it will only be put back on accruing status when certain criteria are met.  Our policy for returning a loan to accruing status requires the preparation of a well documented credit evaluation, which includes the following:

 

·                        A review of the borrower’s current financial condition in which the borrower must demonstrate sufficient cash flow to support the repayment of all principal and interest including any amounts previously charged-off;

·                        An updated appraisal or home valuation which must demonstrates sufficient collateral value to support the debt;

·                        Sustained performance based on the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months;

·                        Approval by the Special Assets Committee which consists of senior management including the Chief Credit Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.  We had 31 TDRs on non-accrual status at December 31, 2013 totaling $18.3 million, 29 TDRs on non-accrual status at

 

48



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2012 totaling $15.3 million, 36 TDRs at December 31, 2011 totaling $23.7 million, 36 TDRs at December 31, 2010 totaling $26.7 million, and 18 TDRs at December 31, 2009 totaling $33.3 million.  We had 4 TDRs totaling $10.1 million and 2 TDRs totaling $5.5 million that were on accrual status and in compliance with their modified terms as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Management monitors the activity and performance of non-performing assets on a weekly basis.

 

December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Non-accrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

11,393

 

$

13,515

 

$

12,477

 

$

13,414

 

$

1,226

 

Commercial real estate

 

23,131

 

39,043

 

65,589

 

60,288

 

64,317

 

Residential construction

 

130

 

783

 

1,850

 

308

 

 

Total real estate loans

 

34,654

 

53,341

 

79,916

 

74,010

 

65,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

15,900

 

13,255

 

26,959

 

21,634

 

6,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

953

 

1,110

 

499

 

 

 

Automobile loans

 

151

 

119

 

97

 

70

 

274

 

Other consumer loans

 

107

 

592

 

436

 

89

 

134

 

Total consumer loans

 

1,211

 

1,821

 

1,032

 

159

 

408

 

Total non-accrual loans (1) 

 

51,765

 

68,417

 

107,907

 

95,803

 

72,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

 

 

44

 

4,405

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

5,222

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

 

 

44

 

9,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

1,448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Personal loans

 

 

 

 

 

141

 

Education loans (2)

 

24,410

 

24,013

 

28,423

 

27,888

 

36,771

 

Automobile loans

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

Total consumer loans

 

24,410

 

24,013

 

28,423

 

27,888

 

37,100

 

Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

24,410

 

24,013

 

28,423

 

27,932

 

48,175

 

Total non-performing loans

 

76,175

 

92,430

 

136,330

 

123,735

 

120,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate owned

 

5,861

 

11,752

 

17,775

 

16,694

 

9,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings

 

 

 

 

 

33,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

82,036

 

$

104,182

 

$

154,105

 

$

140,429

 

$

162,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans to total loans

 

3.25

%

3.78

%

5.29

%

4.42

%

4.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets to total assets

 

1.79

%

2.08

%

3.35

%

2.85

%

3.49

%

 


(1)         Includes $18.3 million, $15.3 million, $22.2 million and $26.7 million of TDRs on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(2)         Education loans are 98% government guaranteed.

 

Non-performing assets, including loans 90 days past due and still accruing, decreased $22.2 million to $82.0 million, or 1.79% of total assets, at December 31, 2013 from $104.2 million, or 2.08% of total assets, at December 31, 2012.  This decrease was primarily in our commercial loan portfolio and was the result of principal pay downs and $7.4 million of non-performing loans returned to accruing status.  Generally, the Company will return a non-accrual loan to accruing status following (i) a review of the borrower’s current financial condition in which the borrower must demonstrate sufficient cash flow to support the repayment of all principal and interest including any amounts previously charged-off, (ii) receipt of an updated appraisal or home valuation which must demonstrates sufficient collateral value to support the debt, (iii) sustained performance based on the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months, and (iv) approval by the Special Assets Committee which consists of senior management including the Chief Credit Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.  Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $15.0 million compared to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. We charge-off the collateral or cash flow deficiency on all classified loans once they are 90 days delinquent. Non-performing assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $24.4 million, or 29.8%, and $24.0 million, or 23.1%, respectively, of government guaranteed student loans where we have little risk of credit loss. We continue to rigorously review our loan portfolio to ensure that the collateral values remain sufficient to support the outstanding balances.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, had non-accrual loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to approximately $3.5 million.

 

The tables below include impaired loans and the average balance of impaired loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Impaired Loans

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

For the Period Ended December 31, 2013

 

Principal

 

Life-to-Date

 

Amount of

 

Charge-off

 

Number

 

Impaired

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Charge-offs

 

Impaired Loans

 

% of UPB

 

of Loans

 

Loan Balance

 

Impaired loans with no related specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

$

28,116

 

$

7,503

 

$

20,613

 

26.7

%

43

 

$

479

 

Commercial Business

 

30,264

 

4,242

 

26,022

 

14.0

%

27

 

964

 

Commercial Construction

 

6,214

 

3,696

 

2,518

 

59.5

%

4

 

630

 

Residential Real Estate

 

11,955

 

562

 

11,393

 

4.7

%

133

 

86

 

Residential Construction

 

338

 

208

 

130

 

61.5

%

1

 

130

 

Home Equity and Lines of Credit

 

971

 

18

 

953

 

1.9

%

19

 

50

 

Personal

 

107

 

 

107

 

0.0

%

9

 

12

 

Education

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto

 

151

 

 

151

 

0.0

%

17

 

9

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

$

78,116

 

$

16,229

 

$

61,887

 

20.8

%

253

 

$

2,539

 

 

The table above includes non-accrual loans in addition to $10.1 million of TDRs on accrual status that are performing in agreement with their modified terms.

 

Impaired Loans

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

For the Period Ended December 31, 2012

 

Principal

 

Life-to-Date

 

Amount of

 

Charge-off

 

Number

 

Impaired

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Charge-offs

 

Impaired Loans

 

% of UPB

 

of Loans

 

Loan Balance

 

Impaired loans with no related specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

$

36,691

 

$

11,055

 

$

25,636

 

30.1

%

75

 

$

342

 

Commercial Business

 

25,128

 

6,381

 

18,747

 

25.4

%

39

 

481

 

Commercial Construction

 

24,016

 

10,609

 

13,407

 

44.2

%

11

 

1,219

 

Residential Real Estate

 

14,374

 

859

 

13,515

 

6.0

%

146

 

93

 

Residential Construction

 

783

 

 

783

 

 

2

 

392

 

Home Equity and Lines of Credit

 

1,127

 

17

 

1,110

 

1.5

%

17

 

65

 

Personal

 

743

 

151

 

592

 

20.3

%

12

 

49

 

Education

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto

 

126

 

7

 

119

 

5.6

%

14

 

9

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

$

102,988

 

$

29,079

 

$

73,909

 

28.2

%

316

 

$

234

 

 

The table above includes non-accrual loans in addition to $5.5 million of TDRs on accrual status that are performing in agreement with their modified terms.

 

Federal regulations require us to review and classify our assets on a regular basis.  In addition, the FDIC has the authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to be classified. Our credit review process includes a risk classification of all commercial and residential loans that includes pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful. A loan is classified as pass when payments are current and it is performing under the original contractual terms. A loan is classified as special mention when the borrower exhibits potential credit weakness or a downward trend which, if not checked or corrected, will weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position.  While potentially weak, the borrower is currently marginally acceptable; no loss of principal or interest is envisioned.  A loan is classified as substandard when the borrower has a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly liquidation of the debt. A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor, normal repayment from this borrower is in jeopardy, and there is a distinct possibility that a partial loss of interest and/or principal will occur if the deficiencies are not corrected. A loan is classified as doubtful when a borrower has all weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan with the added provision that: (1) the weaknesses make collection of debt in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values highly questionable and improbable; (2) serious problems exist to the point where a partial loss of principal is likely; and (3) the possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important, reasonably specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the assets, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its

 

50



Table of Contents

 

more exact status may be determined. Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens and additional refinancing plans. We charge-off the collateral or cash flow deficiency on all loans on non-accrual status. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual when 90 days past due or earlier if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

 

The following table summarizes classified assets of all portfolio types at the dates indicated:

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special mention assets

 

$

49,526

 

$

70,635

 

$

56,156

 

$

42,643

 

$

40,809

 

Substandard assets

 

98,275

 

99,989

 

104,895

 

81,354

 

65,617

 

Doubtful assets

 

 

3,503

 

20,802

 

29,003

 

51,482

 

Total classified assets

 

$

147,801

 

$

174,127

 

$

181,853

 

$

153,000

 

$

157,908

 

 

For all loans classified as substandard and doubtful, we have charged-off the collateral or cash flow deficiency on all classified loans that are 90 days past due.

 

Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a quarterly basis.  When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of two elements: (1) an allocated allowance, which is comprised of allowances established on specific loans, and allowances for each loan category based on historical loan loss experience adjusted for current trends and adjusted for both general economic conditions and other risk factors in our loan portfolios, and (2) an unallocated allowance to account for a level of imprecision in management’s estimation process.

 

Management regularly monitors the condition of borrowers and assesses both internal and external factors in determining whether any relationships have deteriorated considering factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquency and non-performing loans, changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, the experience and ability of staff and regional and national economic conditions and trends.

 

The Chief Credit Officer supervises the workout department and identifies, manages and works through non-performing assets. Our credit officers and workout group identify and manage potential problem loans for our commercial loan portfolios. Changes in management factors, financial and operating performance, Company behavior, industry factors and external events and circumstances are evaluated on an ongoing basis to determine whether potential impairment is evident and additional analysis is needed. For our commercial loan portfolios, risk ratings are assigned to each individual loan to differentiate risk within the portfolio and are reviewed on an ongoing basis by credit risk management and revised, if needed, to reflect the borrowers’ current risk profiles and the related collateral positions. The risk ratings consider factors such as financial condition, debt capacity and coverage ratios, market presence and quality of management. When a credit’s risk rating is downgraded to a certain level, the relationship must be reviewed and detailed reports completed that document risk management strategies for the credit going forward, and the appropriate accounting actions to take in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. When credits are downgraded beyond a certain level, our workout department becomes responsible for managing the credit risk.

 

Risk rating actions are generally reviewed formally by one or more Credit Committees depending on the size of the loan and the type of risk rating action being taken. Our commercial, consumer and residential loans are monitored for credit risk and deterioration considering factors such as delinquency, loan to value ratios, and credit scores. We evaluate all of our loans throughout their life cycle on a portfolio basis.

 

When problem loans are identified that are secured with collateral, management examines the loan files to evaluate the nature and type of collateral supporting the loans. Management documents the collateral type, date of the most recent valuation, and whether any liens exist, to determine the value to compare against the committed loan amount. If a loan is identified as impaired and is collateral dependent, an updated appraisal is obtained to provide a baseline in determining the property’s fair market value.  We also consider costs to sell the property and use the appraisal less selling costs to determine if a charge-off is required for the collateral dependent problem loan. If the collateral value is subject to significant volatility (due to location of asset, obsolescence, etc.) an appraisal is obtained more frequently. In-house revaluations are typically performed on a quarterly basis and updated appraisals are obtained annually, if determined necessary.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

When we determine that the value of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, we recognize impairment through a charge-off to the allowance. We perform these assessments on at least a quarterly basis. For commercial loans, a charge-off is recorded when management determines we will not collect 100% of a loan based on the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell the property, or the net present value of expected future cash flows. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis and partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on a monthly basis. The collateral deficiency on consumer loans and residential loans are generally charged-off when deemed to be uncollectible or delinquent 90 days or more, whichever comes first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Examples that would demonstrate repayment include a loan that is secured by adequate collateral and is in the process of collection, a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance, or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate. Consumer loan delinquency includes $24.4 million in government guaranteed student loans at December 31, 2013.

 

Additionally, we reserve for certain inherent, but undetected, losses that are probable within the loan portfolio. This is due to several factors, such as, but not limited to, inherent delays in obtaining information regarding a customer’s financial condition or changes in their unique business conditions and the interpretation of economic trends. While this analysis is conducted at least quarterly, we have the ability to revise the allowance factors whenever necessary in order to address improving or deteriorating credit quality trends or specific risks associated with a given loan pool classification.

 

Regardless of the extent of our analysis of customer performance, portfolio evaluations, trends or risk management processes established, a level of imprecision will always exist due to the subjective nature of loan portfolio and/or individual loan evaluations. Management established an unallocated reserve to cover uncertainties that the Company believes have resulted in losses that have not yet been allocated to specific elements of the general component. Such factors include uncertainties in economic conditions and in identifying triggering events that directly correlate to subsequent loss rates, changes in the appraised value of underlying collateral, risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors and historical loss experience data that may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio or economic conditions. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodology for estimating general losses in the portfolio.

 

A comprehensive analysis of the allowance for loan losses is performed on a quarterly basis. In addition, a review of allowance levels based on nationally published statistics is conducted quarterly. The factors supporting the allowance for loan losses do not diminish the fact that the entire allowance for loan losses is available to absorb losses in the loan portfolio and related commitment portfolio, respectively. Our principal focus, therefore, is on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses.

 

The allowance for loan losses is subject to review by banking regulators. Our primary bank regulators regularly conduct examinations of the allowance for loan losses and make assessments regarding their adequacy and the methodology employed in their determination.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, a provision for loan losses of $13.0 million was recorded, and the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013 was $55.6 million, or 2.38% of total loans outstanding, compared to $57.6 million, or 2.36% of total loans outstanding, at December 31, 2012. This allowance represents management’s estimate of the amount necessary to cover known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance
Allocated
to Loan
Portfolio

 

Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocated
to Loan
Portfolio

 

Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocated
to Loan
Portfolio

 

Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocated
to Loan
Portfolio

 

Loan
Category
as a % of
Total
Loans

 

Allowance
Allocated
to Loan
Portfolio

 

Loan
Category
as a % of
Total
Loans

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

$

22,089

 

24.9

%

$

21,994

 

26.1

%

$

16,254

 

21.2

%

$

14,793

 

21.5

%

$

9,842

 

21.5

%

Commercial business loans

 

19,301

 

16.2

 

18,088

 

13.6

 

15,376

 

16.7

 

14,407

 

15.8

 

20,515

 

15.7

 

Commercial construction

 

3,188

 

1.6

 

8,242

 

4.3

 

14,791

 

9.1

 

9,296

 

9.6

 

4,344

 

9.5

 

Total Commercial

 

44,578

 

42.7

 

48,324

 

44.0

 

46,421

 

47.0

 

38,496

 

46.9

 

34,701

 

46.7

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

2,200

 

29.2

 

2,293

 

27.2

 

1,620

 

24.2

 

1,854

 

24.6

 

5,460

 

23.3

 

Residential construction

 

 

0.0

 

142

 

0.1

 

65

 

0.2

 

30

 

0.4

 

97

 

0.4

 

Total real estate loans

 

2,200

 

29.2

 

2,435

 

27.3

 

1,685

 

24.4

 

1,884

 

25.0

 

5,557

 

23.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity & lines of credit

 

3,133

 

10.0

 

2,397

 

10.5

 

2,020

 

10.5

 

2,136

 

10.3

 

2,169

 

11.3

 

Personal

 

2,687

 

1.8

 

2,062

 

2.3

 

1,855

 

2.8

 

977

 

3.4

 

1,041

 

4.0

 

Education

 

306

 

8.8

 

303

 

8.9

 

279

 

9.1

 

297

 

8.9

 

903

 

9.2

 

Automobile

 

2,195

 

7.5

 

1,578

 

7.0

 

1,403

 

6.2

 

1,026

 

5.5

 

1,484

 

5.1

 

Total consumer

 

8,321

 

28.1

 

6,340

 

28.7

 

5,557

 

28.6

 

4,436

 

28.1

 

5,597

 

29.6

 

Unallocated

 

550

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 

$

55,649

 

100.0

%

$

57,649

 

100.0

%

$

54,213

 

100.0

%

$

45,366

 

100.0

%

$

45,855

 

100.0

%

 

Commercial Portfolio. The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to the commercial loan portfolio was $44.6 million at December 31, 2013 (4.5% of commercial loans) compared to $48.3 million at December 31, 2012 (4.5% of commercial loans).  The decrease in the reserve balance was related to the decrease in commercial loans during 2013 as the reserves as a percentage of commercial loans is relatively consistent between years.  We saw improvement in asset quality metrics for commercial loans with a decline in the levels of net charge-offs, delinquencies, and loans classified as special mention during 2013.  The Company recorded commercial loan net charge-offs in the amount of $11.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $21.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.  We continue to charge-off any collateral or cash flow deficiency for non-performing loans once a loan is 90 days past due.  As a result, the entire reserve balance at December 31, 2013 consists of reserves against the pass rated, special mention, and accruing substandard commercial loan portfolio. Despite improvement in our asset quality metrics, classified assets still remain high and as a result we continue to hold reserves as a percentage of loans of 4.5% consistent with 2012.

 

Residential Loans. The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to the residential loan portfolio remained relatively consistent in 2013 compared to 2012 at $2.2 million (0.3% of residential loans) at December 31, 2013 compared to $2.4 million (0.4% of residential loans) at December 31, 2012. The decrease in the reserve balance was primarily driven by a decline in the levels of net charge-offs and delinquencies during 2013. The Company recorded residential loan net charge-offs in the amount of $563 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.  The housing market has stabilized over the past few years and we believe future loss rates should be in line with our recent experience provided that the economy continues to slowly grow.

 

Consumer Loans. The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to the consumer loan portfolio increased to $8.3 million (1.3% of consumer loans) at December 31, 2013 from $6.3 million (0.9% of consumer loans) at December 31, 2012. The increase in the reserve balance was primarily driven by continued elevated levels of net charge-offs and delinquencies during 2013 and our continued concern with the risk profile of the consumer portfolio. The Company recorded consumer loan net charge-offs in the amount of $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Unallocated Allowance. The unallocated allowance for loan losses was $550 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that the Company believes have resulted in losses that have not yet been allocated to specific elements of the general component. Such factors include uncertainties in economic conditions and in identifying triggering events that directly correlate to subsequent loss rates, changes in appraised value of underlying collateral, risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors and historical loss experience data that may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio or economic conditions. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodology for estimating general losses in the portfolio. The appropriate allowance level is estimated based upon factors and trends identified by the Company at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared. Management continuously evaluates its allowance methodology; however, the unallocated allowance is subject to changes each reporting period.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at levels that management considers appropriate to provide for losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Management’s evaluation takes into consideration the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience, specific loans with loss potential, geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, economic conditions, the level of originations and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for credit losses may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient should the quality of loans deteriorate as a result of the factors described above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth an analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance at beginning of period

 

$

57,649

 

$

54,213

 

$

45,366

 

$

45,855

 

$

36,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

13,000

 

28,000

 

37,500

 

70,200

 

15,697

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

1,051

 

1,215

 

1,004

 

918

 

6

 

Commercial real estate

 

11,334

 

13,393

 

24,571

 

51,841

 

2,851

 

Total real estate loans

 

12,385

 

14,608

 

25,575

 

52,759

 

2,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

5,340

 

9,867

 

5,897

 

14,505

 

1,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

740

 

979

 

587

 

2,106

 

544

 

Automobile loans

 

1,113

 

1,070

 

1,185

 

1,090

 

1,340

 

Other consumer loans

 

759

 

816

 

1,790

 

1,182

 

1,092

 

Total consumer loans

 

2,612

 

2,865

 

3,562

 

4,378

 

2,976

 

Total charge-offs

 

20,337

 

27,340

 

35,034

 

71,642

 

7,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

430

 

36

 

28

 

2

 

4

 

Commercial real estate

 

2,843

 

893

 

3,984

 

162

 

 

Total real estate loans

 

3,273

 

929

 

4,012

 

164

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

902

 

905

 

1,027

 

171

 

212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

255

 

253

 

461

 

71

 

137

 

Automobile loans

 

725

 

488

 

571

 

339

 

355

 

Other consumer loans

 

182

 

201

 

310

 

208

 

248

 

Total consumer loans

 

1,162

 

942

 

1,342

 

618

 

740

 

Total recoveries

 

5,337

 

2,776

 

6,381

 

953

 

956

 

Net charge-offs

 

15,000

 

24,564

 

28,653

 

70,689

 

6,747

 

Allowance at end of period

 

$

55,649

 

$

57,649

 

$

54,213

 

$

45,366

 

$

45,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance to non-performing loans

 

73.05

%

62.37

%

39.77

%

36.66

%

38.06

%

Allowance to total loans

 

2.38

%

2.36

%

2.10

%

1.62

%

1.64

%

Net charge-offs to average loans

 

0.63

%

0.96

%

1.05

%

2.53

%

0.25

%

 

Interest Rate Risk Management.   Interest rate risk is defined as the exposure to current and future earnings, and capital that arises from adverse movements in interest rates.  Depending on a bank’s asset/liability structure, adverse movements in interest rates could be either rising or falling interest rates.  For example, a bank with predominantly long-term fixed-rate loans, and short-term deposits could have an adverse earnings exposure to a rising rate environment.  Conversely, a short-term or variable-rate asset base funded by longer-term liabilities could be negatively affected by falling rates.  This is referred to as re-pricing or maturity mismatch risk.

 

Interest rate risk also arises from changes in the slope of the yield curve (yield curve risk), from imperfect correlations in the adjustment of rates earned and paid on different instruments with otherwise similar re-pricing characteristics (basis risk), and from interest rate related options embedded in our assets and liabilities (option risk).

 

Our goal is to manage our interest rate risk by determining whether a given movement in interest rates affects our net income and the market value of our portfolio equity in a positive or negative way, and to execute strategies to maintain interest rate risk within established limits.  Over the past few years, we took advantage of the decrease in interest rates to reposition the balance sheet through the sale of lower-rate longer-term securities and the run-off higher-cost non-relationship-based municipal deposits to improve our profitability, interest rate risk and capital position. The results at December 31, 2013 and 2012 indicate an acceptable level of risk.  The 2013 and 2012 results indicate a profile which reflects interest rate risk exposures in both rising and declining rate environments for both net interest income and economic value.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Model Simulation Analysis.  We view interest rate risk from two different perspectives.  The traditional accounting perspective, which defines and measures interest rate risk as the change in net interest income and earnings caused by a change in interest rates, provides the best view of short-term interest rate risk exposure.  We also view interest rate risk from an economic perspective, which defines and measures interest rate risk as the change in the market value of portfolio equity caused by changes in the values of assets and liabilities, which fluctuate due to changes in interest rates.  The market value of portfolio equity, also referred to as the economic value of equity, is defined as the present value of future cash flows from existing assets, minus the present value of future cash flows from existing liabilities.

 

These two perspectives give rise to income simulation and economic value simulation, each of which presents a unique picture of our risk of any movement in interest rates.  Income simulation identifies the timing and magnitude of changes in income resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates over a short-term time horizon (usually one year).  Economic value simulation reflects the interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities in a more comprehensive fashion, reflecting all future time periods.  It can identify the quantity of interest rate risk as a function of the changes in the economic values of assets and liabilities, and the equity of the Company.  Both types of simulation assist in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling interest rate risk and are employed by management to ensure that variations in interest rate risk exposure will be maintained within policy guidelines.

 

Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) produces reports on a quarterly basis, which compare baseline (no interest rate change) current positions showing forecasted net income, the economic value of equity and the duration of individual asset and liability classes, and of equity.  Duration is defined as the weighted average time to the receipt of the present value of future cash flows.  These baseline forecasts are subjected to a series of interest rate changes, in order to demonstrate or model the specific impact of the interest rate scenario tested on income, equity and duration.  The model, which incorporates all asset and liability rate information, simulates the effect of various interest rate movements on income and equity value.  The reports identify and measure our interest rate risk exposure present in our current asset/liability structure.  If the results produce quantifiable interest rate risk exposure beyond our limits, then the testing will have served as a monitoring mechanism to allow us to initiate asset/liability strategies designed to reduce and therefore control interest rate risk.

 

The tables below set forth an approximation of our interest rate risk exposure.  The simulation uses projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.  The primary interest rate exposure measurement applied to the entire balance sheet is the effect on net interest income of a change in market interest rates of plus or minus 200 basis points over a one year time horizon, and the effect on economic value of equity of a change in market interest rates of plus or minus 200 basis points for all projected future cash flows.  Various assumptions are made regarding the prepayment speed and optionality of loans, investments and deposits, which are based on analysis and market information.  The assumptions regarding optionality, such as prepayments of loans and the effective maturity of non-maturity deposit products, are documented periodically through evaluation under varying interest rate scenarios.

 

Because prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on a number of assumptions, these computations should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.  While we believe such assumptions to be reasonable, assumed prepayment rates may not approximate actual future prepayment activity on mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and loans. Further, the computation does not reflect any actions that management may undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management periodically reviews the rate assumptions based on existing and projected economic conditions.

 

As of December 31, 2013 (Dollars in thousands):

 

Basis point change in rates

 

-200

 

Base Forecast

 

+200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income at Risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

$

99,735

 

$

116,649

 

$

113,779

 

% change

 

(14.50

)%

 

 

(2.46

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Economic Value at Risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

$

760,959

 

$

813,712

 

$

742,257

 

% change

 

(6.48

)%

 

 

(8.78

)%

 

56



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2012 (Dollars in thousands):

 

Basis point change in rates

 

-200

 

Base Forecast

 

+200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income at Risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

$

106,676

 

$

121,721

 

$

122,950

 

% change

 

(12.36

)%

 

 

1.01

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Economic Value at Risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

$

634,548

 

$

761,612

 

$

743,113

 

% change

 

(16.68

)%

 

 

(2.43

)%

 

As of December 31, 2013, based on the scenarios above, net interest income and economic value of equity would be negatively impacted by a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2012, based on the scenarios above, net interest income and economic value of equity would be negatively impacted by a 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, while a 200 basis point increase would positively impact net interest income and negatively impact economic value at risk.  The current historically low interest rate environment reduces the reliability of the measurement of a 200 basis point decline in interest rates, as such a decline would result in negative interest rates.  We have established an interest rate floor of zero percent for purposes of measuring interest rate risk.  Such a floor in our income simulation results in a reduction in our net interest margin as more of our liabilities than our assets are impacted by the zero percent floor.  In addition, economic value of equity is also reduced in a declining rate environment due to the negative impact to deposit premium values.

 

Overall, our 2013 results indicate that we are adequately positioned with limited net interest income and economic value at risk and that all interest rate risk results continue to be within our policy guidelines.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable to meet obligations as they come due at a reasonable funding cost. We mitigate this risk by attempting to structure our balance sheet prudently and by maintaining diverse borrowing resources to fund potential cash needs. For example, we structure our balance sheet so that we fund less liquid assets, such as loans, with stable funding sources, such as retail deposits, long-term debt, wholesale deposits, and capital. We assess liquidity needs arising from asset growth, maturing obligations, and deposit withdrawals, considering operations in both the normal course of business and times of unusual events. In addition, we consider our off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments that may impact liquidity in certain business environments.

 

Our ALCO measures liquidity risks, sets policies to manage these risks, and reviews adherence to those policies at its quarterly meetings. For example, we manage the use of short-term unsecured borrowings as well as total wholesale funding through policies established and reviewed by our ALCO. In addition, the Director Risk Committee of our Board of Directors sets liquidity limits and reviews current and forecasted liquidity positions at each of its regularly scheduled meetings.

 

We have contingency funding plans that assess liquidity needs that may arise from certain stress events such as rapid asset growth and financial market disruptions. Our contingency plans also provide for continuous monitoring of net borrowed funds dependence and available sources of contingent liquidity. These sources of contingent liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, capacity to borrow at the Federal Reserve discount window and the FHLB system, fed funds purchased from other banks and the ability to sell, pledge or borrow against unencumbered securities in our investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2013, the potential liquidity from these sources totaled $2.8 billion, which is an amount we believe currently exceeds any contingent liquidity needs.

 

Uses of Funds.  Our primary uses of funds include the extension of loans and credit, the purchase of investment securities, working capital, and debt and capital service. In addition, contingent uses of funds may arise from events such as financial market disruptions.

 

Sources of Funds.  Our primary sources of funds include a large, stable deposit base. Core deposits, primarily gathered from our retail branch network, are our largest and most cost-effective source of funding. Core deposits totaled $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2013, down from $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2012. The decrease in core deposits was driven by a $228.6 million decrease in municipal deposits, which was consistent with the planned run-off of higher cost non-relationship-based municipal deposits. We also maintain access to a diversified base of wholesale funding sources. These uncommitted sources include fed funds purchased from other banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, brokered certificates of deposit, and FHLB advances. Aggregate wholesale funding totaled $374.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. In addition, at December 31, 2013, we had arrangements to borrow up to $1.3 billion from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.  On December 31, 2013, we had $195.0 million of FHLB advances outstanding and $800 thousand of FHLB letters of credit outstanding.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

A significant use of our liquidity is the funding of loan originations.  At December 31, 2013, we had $216.3 million in loan commitments outstanding, which consisted of $32.7 million and $5.4 million in commercial and consumer commitments to fund loans, respectively, $166.2 million in commercial and consumer unused lines of credit, and $12.0 million in standby letters of credit.  Historically, many of the commitments expire without being fully drawn; therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Another significant use of our liquidity is the funding of deposit withdrawals.  Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $376.1 million, or 51.5% of certificates of deposit. The large percentage of certificates of deposit that mature within one year reflects customers’ hesitancy to invest their funds for long periods in the current low interest rate environment.  If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and borrowings.  Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2013.  We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

 

The following table presents certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due
by period

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total

 

Less than
 One Year

 

One to
Three Years

 

Three to
Five Years

 

More Than
Five Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowed funds

 

$

250,370

 

$

60,000

 

$

70,000

 

$

95,000

 

$

25,370

 

Commitments to fund loans

 

38,159

 

38,159

 

 

 

 

Unused lines of credit

 

166,162

 

75,608

 

63,890

 

2,984

 

23,680

 

Standby letters of credit

 

11,996

 

2,042

 

8,954

 

 

1,000

 

Operating lease obligations

 

61,285

 

5,675

 

9,972

 

8,405

 

37,233

 

Total

 

$

527,972

 

$

181,484

 

$

152,816

 

$

106,389

 

$

87,283

 

 

Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of securities.  Our primary financing activities consist of activity in deposit accounts and borrowings.  Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors and other factors.  We generally manage the pricing of our deposits to be competitive.  Occasionally, we offer promotional rates on certain deposit products to attract deposits.

 

The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity in addition to its operating expenses.  The Company’s primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank.  The amount of dividends that the Bank may declare and pay to the Company is generally restricted under Pennsylvania law to the retained earnings of the Bank.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank paid the Company a $20.0 million dividend to fund the 4,000,000 stock repurchase program adopted during the year. At December 31, 2013, the Company (stand-alone) had liquid assets of $36.6 million.

 

Capital Management.  We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the FDIC, including a risk-based capital measure.  The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories.  At December 31, 2013, we exceeded all of our regulatory capital requirements.  We are considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.  See Note 15 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets equaled 20.57%, well above the ratio necessary to be considered well capitalized under applicable federal regulations.  We strive to manage our capital for maximum stockholder benefit. While the significant increase in equity which resulted from our initial public stock offering in July 2007 adversely impacted our return on equity, our financial condition and results of operations were enhanced by the capital from the offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net income. Further, in the current economic environment, our strong capital position leaves the Company well-positioned to meet our customers’ needs and to execute on our growth strategies.  We may use capital management tools, such as cash dividends and common share repurchases, to improve our capital position.  Beneficial’s Board of Directors approved a second stock repurchase program that will enable Beneficial to acquire up to 4,000,000 shares, or 12.0%, of the Company’s publicly held common stock outstanding.  Repurchased shares are held in treasury.  At December 31, 2013, 5,175,681 shares had been repurchased.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.  In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit.  For information about our loan commitments and unused lines of credit, see Note

 

58



Table of Contents

 

20 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.

 

See summary of significant accounting pronouncement in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Summary of Quarterly Earnings (Unaudited)

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table presents summarized quarterly data for 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

1st

 

2nd

 

3rd

 

4th

 

Total

 

2013

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

37,962

 

$

37,698

 

$

37,307

 

$

36,409

 

$

149,376

 

Total interest expense

 

6,396

 

6,470

 

6,516

 

6,258

 

25,640

 

Net interest income

 

31,566

 

31,228

 

30,791

 

30,151

 

123,736

 

Provision for loan losses

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

1,500

 

1,500

 

13,000

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

26,566

 

26,228

 

29,291

 

28,651

 

110,736

 

Total non-interest income

 

6,938

 

7,327

 

5,584

 

5,276

 

25,125

 

Total non-interest expense

 

29,715

 

30,275

 

30,790

 

29,908

 

120,688

 

Income before income taxes

 

3,789

 

3,280

 

4,085

 

4,019

 

15,173

 

Income tax expense

 

575

 

374

 

585

 

1,061

 

2,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

3,214

 

2,906

 

3,500

 

2,958

 

12,578

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common share (1)

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.17

 

 

 

 

1st

 

2nd

 

3rd

 

4th

 

Total

 

2012

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

42,426

 

$

44,463

 

$

43,208

 

$

40,333

 

$

170,430

 

Total interest expense

 

7,972

 

8,297

 

7,639

 

7,065

 

30,973

 

Net interest income

 

34,454

 

36,166

 

35,569

 

33,268

 

139,457

 

Provision for loan losses

 

7,500

 

7,500

 

7,000

 

6,000

 

28,000

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

26,954

 

28,666

 

28,569

 

27,268

 

111,457

 

Total non-interest income

 

7,045

 

6,873

 

6,870

 

6,818

 

27,606

 

Total non-interest expense

 

29,611

 

32,856

 

30,277

 

30,381

 

123,125

 

Income before income taxes

 

4,388

 

2,683

 

5,162

 

3,705

 

15,938

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

443

 

359

 

1,067

 

(110

)

1,759

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

3,945

 

$

2,324

 

$

4,095

 

$

3,815

 

$

14,179

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common share (1)

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.03

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.18

 

 


(1)   EPS is computed independently for each period. The sum of the individual quarters may not equal the annual EPS.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Item 7A.            QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition.”

 

Item 8.                     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The information required by this item is included herein beginning on page 68.

 

Item 9.                     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

On April 3, 2012, the Company dismissed Deloitte & Touche LLP, which had previously served as independent registered public accounting firm for the Company. The decision to dismiss Deloitte & Touche LLP was approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

The audit report of Deloitte & Touche LLP on the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011  and through the subsequent interim period preceding the date of Deloitte & Touche LLP’s dismissal, there were: (1) no disagreements between the Company and Deloitte & Touche LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte & Touche LLP would have caused them to make reference thereto in their reports on the Company’s financial statement for such years, and (2) no reportable events within the meaning set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

On April 3, 2012, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors engaged KPMG LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and the subsequent interim period preceding the engagement of KPMG LLP, the Company did not consult with KPMG LLP regarding (1) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; (2) the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and KPMG LLP did not provide any written report or oral advice that KPMG LLP concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any such accounting, auditing or financial report issues; or (3) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement with Deloitte & Touche LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure or the subject of a reportable event.

 

Item 9A.          CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”): (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  In addition, based on that evaluation, no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter or year ended December 31, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The management of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  The internal control process has been designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, utilizing the framework established in the 1992 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 is effective.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that accurately and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, transactions and dispositions of assets; and provide reasonable assurances that:  (1) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; (2) receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and (3) unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements are prevented or timely detected.

 

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, as stated in their reports, which are included herein.

 

/s/ Gerard P. Cuddy

 

/s/ Thomas D. Cestare

Gerard P. Cuddy

 

Thomas D. Cestare

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 10, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 10, 2014

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

 

We have audited Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and our report dated March 10, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 10, 2014

 

64



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such 2011 consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the accompanying 2011 financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted as a result of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2011-05.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2012

 

February 27, 2013 as to Note 2 and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Item 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

Board of Directors

 

For information relating to the directors of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc., the section captioned “Items to be Voted on by Stockholders—Item 1—Election of Directors” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Executive Officers

 

For information relating to officers of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc., see Part I, Item 1, “Business— Executive Officers of the Registrant” to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the cover page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the section captioned “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Disclosure of Code of Ethics

 

For information concerning Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Code of Ethics, the information contained under the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics and Business Conduct” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated by reference. A copy of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available to stockholders on Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s website at www.thebeneficial.com.

 

Corporate Governance

 

For information regarding the Audit Committee and its composition and the audit committee financial expert, the section captioned “Corporate Governance — Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Executive Compensation

 

For information regarding executive compensation, the sections captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Corporate Governance

 

For information regarding the compensation committee report, the section captioned “Report of the Compensation Committee” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

 

(a)    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Stock Ownership” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

(b)    Security Ownership of Management

 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Stock Ownership” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

(c)    Changes in Control

 

Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person or securities of the Company the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.

 

(d)    Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table sets forth information about the Company common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options, warrants and rights under all of the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013.

 

Plan category

 

(a)
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise
of outstanding
options,
warrants and rights

 

(b)
Weighted-
average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights

 

(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected
in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

2,876,850

 

$

10.12

 

804,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,876,850

 

$

10.12

 

804,825

 

 

 

Item 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

For information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, the section captioned “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers—Transactions with Related Persons” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Corporate Governance

 

For information regarding director independence, the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

For information regarding the principal accountant fees and expenses, the section captioned “Items to Be Voted on By Stockholders—Item 2—Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in Beneficial Mutual Bancorp Inc.’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(1)                                 The financial statements required in response to this item are incorporated herein by reference from Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(2)                                 All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

(3)                                 Exhibits

 

No.

 

Description

3.1

 

Charter of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. (1)

3.2

 

Bylaws of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. (2)

4.1

 

Stock Certificate of Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. (1)

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc., Beneficial Bank and Gerard P. Cuddy * (3)

10.2

 

Employment Agreement between Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc., Beneficial Bank and Thomas D. Cestare * (4)

10.3

 

Employment Agreement between Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc., Beneficial Bank and Joanne R. Ryder and certain amendments thereto *

10.4

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement between Beneficial Bank and Martin F. Gallagher * (5)

10.5

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement between Beneficial Bank and Pamela M. Cyr * (5)

10.6

 

Separation Agreement between Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc., Beneficial Bank and Denise Kassekert * (6)

10.7

 

Supplemental Pension and Retirement Plan of Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank * (3)

10.8

 

Second Amendment to the Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank Board of Managers Non-Vested Deferred Compensation Plan * (3)

10.9

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan * (7)

10.10

 

Beneficial Bank Board of Trustees’ Non-Vested Deferred Compensation Plan * (1)

10.11

 

Beneficial Bank Stock-Based Deferral Plan * (1)

10.12

 

Severance Pay Plan for Eligible Employees of Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank * (8)

10.13

 

Beneficial Bank Elective Deferred Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2012 * (5)

21.0

 

Subsidiary information is incorporated herein by reference to “Part I, Item 1 — Subsidiaries”

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer

32.0

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

101.0

 

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


*                 Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

(1)         Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-141289), as amended, initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2007.

(2)         Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 18, 2012.

(3)         Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2009.

(4)         Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2010.

(5)         Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2013.

(6)         Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2012.

(7)  Incorporated herein by reference to the appendix to the Company’s definitive proxy materials on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 16, 2008.

(8)     Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2007.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

41,801

 

$

54,924

 

Overnight Investments

 

313,882

 

434,984

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

355,683

 

489,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $1,042,208 and $1,237,876 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)

 

1,034,180

 

1,267,491

 

Held-to-maturity (estimated fair value of $514,633 and $487,307 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)

 

528,829

 

477,198

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

17,417

 

16,384

 

Total investment securities

 

1,580,426

 

1,761,073

 

LOANS:

 

2,341,807

 

2,447,304

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(55,649

)

(57,649

)

Net loans

 

2,286,158

 

2,389,655

 

ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

 

13,999

 

15,381

 

BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, Net

 

71,753

 

64,224

 

OTHER ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

121,973

 

121,973

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

41,414

 

40,569

 

Other intangibles

 

8,007

 

9,879

 

Other assets

 

104,000

 

113,742

 

Total other assets

 

275,394

 

286,163

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

4,583,413

 

$

5,006,404

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

291,109

 

$

328,892

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

3,368,907

 

3,598,621

 

Total deposits

 

3,660,016

 

3,927,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowed funds

 

250,370

 

250,352

 

Other liabilities

 

57,881

 

194,666

 

Total liabilities

 

3,968,267

 

4,372,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock - $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, None issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Common Stock - $.01 par value 300,000,000 shares authorized, 82,298,707 and 82,279,507 issued and 77,123,026 and 79,297,478 outstanding, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012,respectively

 

823

 

823

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

356,963

 

354,082

 

Unearned common stock held by employee savings and stock ownership plan

 

(16,102

)

(17,901

)

Retained earnings (partially restricted)

 

342,025

 

329,447

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(21,354

)

(7,027

)

Treasury Stock at cost, 5,175,681 shares and 2,982,029 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

(47,209

)

(25,551

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

615,146

 

633,873

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

4,583,413

 

$

5,006,404

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

114,514

 

$

132,682

 

$

139,685

 

Interest on overnight investments

 

821

 

893

 

890

 

Interest on trading securities

 

 

 

26

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

31,255

 

33,876

 

35,955

 

Tax-exempt

 

2,786

 

2,979

 

3,587

 

Total interest income

 

149,376

 

170,430

 

180,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking accounts

 

2,948

 

4,712

 

7,742

 

Money market and savings deposits

 

6,653

 

8,392

 

9,158

 

Time deposits

 

8,242

 

9,765

 

12,531

 

Total

 

17,843

 

22,869

 

29,431

 

Interest on borrowed funds

 

7,797

 

8,104

 

8,615

 

Total interest expense

 

25,640

 

30,973

 

38,046

 

Net interest income

 

123,736

 

139,457

 

142,097

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

13,000

 

28,000

 

37,500

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

110,736

 

111,457

 

104,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and advisory commission and fee income

 

7,170

 

7,389

 

7,720

 

Service charges and other income

 

15,561

 

14,604

 

15,867

 

Mortgage banking income

 

1,017

 

2,731

 

916

 

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

1,377

 

2,882

 

652

 

Trading securities profits

 

 

 

81

 

Total non-interest income

 

25,125

 

27,606

 

25,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

57,154

 

57,529

 

55,812

 

Occupancy expense

 

9,826

 

9,887

 

11,040

 

Depreciation, amortization and maintenance

 

9,026

 

8,919

 

8,683

 

Marketing expense

 

5,234

 

2,811

 

3,189

 

Intangible amortization expense

 

1,872

 

4,163

 

3,584

 

FDIC insurance

 

3,589

 

4,221

 

5,332

 

Merger and restructuring charges

 

(189

)

2,233

 

5,058

 

Professional fees

 

5,058

 

5,396

 

4,380

 

Classified loan & other real estate owned related expense

 

6,384

 

8,243

 

3,944

 

Other

 

22,734

 

19,723

 

19,688

 

Total non-interest expense

 

120,688

 

123,125

 

120,710

 

Income before income taxes

 

15,173

 

15,938

 

9,123

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

 

2,595

 

1,759

 

(1,913

)

Net income

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET EARNINGS PER SHARE - Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.14

 

Average common shares outstanding - Basic

 

75,841,392

 

76,657,265

 

77,075,726

 

Average common shares outstanding - Diluted

 

76,085,398

 

76,827,872

 

77,231,303

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available for sale securities arising during the period (net of deferred tax of $13,403, $44, and $7,075 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively)

 

(22,993

)

(115

)

11,424

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on available for sale securities included in net income (net of tax of $459, $1,063, and $240 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively)

 

(788

)

(1,820

)

(411

)

Defined benefit pension plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension gains (losses), other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments (net of tax of $5,002, $1,684, and $6,857 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively)

 

9,454

 

(3,930

)

(10,293

)

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(14,327

)

(5,865

)

720

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(1,749

)

$

8,314

 

$

11,756

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUTAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

Number
of Shares

 

Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

Common
Stock
held by
KSOP

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

 

BEGINNING BALACE, JANUARY 1, 2011

 

82,267,457

 

$

823

 

$

348,415

 

$

(22,587

)

$

304,232

 

$

(13,454

)

$

(1,882

)

$

615,547

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,036

 

 

 

 

 

11,036

 

KSOP shares committed to be released

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

2,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,599

 

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,242

 

Restricted stock shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,346

)

 

 

(3,346

)

Net unrealized gain on AFS securities arising during the year (net of deferred tax of $7,075)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,424

 

11,424

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on AFS securities included in net income (net of tax of $240)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(411

)

(411

)

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments (net of tax of $6,857)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,293

)

(10,293

)

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

82,267,457

 

$

823

 

$

351,107

 

$

(19,856

)

$

315,268

 

$

(16,800

)

$

(1,162

)

$

629,380

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,179

 

 

 

 

 

14,179

 

KSOP shares committed to be released

 

 

 

 

 

(64

)

1,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,891

 

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,436

 

Restricted stock shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,502

 

Issuance of common shares

 

12,050

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,751

)

 

 

(8,751

)

Net unrealized loss on AFS securities arising during the year (net of deferred tax of $44)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(115

)

(115

)

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on AFS securities included in net income (net of tax of $1,063)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,820

)

(1,820

)

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments (net of tax of $1,684)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,930

)

(3,930

)

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

82,279,507

 

$

823

 

$

354,082

 

$

(17,901

)

$

329,447

 

$

(25,551

)

$

(7,027

)

$

633,873

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,578

 

 

 

 

 

12,578

 

KSOP shares committed to be released

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

1,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,881

 

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,627

 

Restricted stock shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

Issuance of common shares

 

19,200

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

168

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,658

)

 

 

(21,658

)

Net unrealized loss on AFS securities arising during the year (net of deferred tax of $13,403)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,993

)

(22,993

)

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on AFS securities included in net income (net of tax of $459)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(788

)

(788

)

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments (net of tax of $5,002)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,454

 

9,454

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

82,298,707

 

$

823

 

$

356,963

 

$

(16,102

)

$

342,025

 

$

(47,209

)

$

(21,354

)

$

615,146

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

72



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUTAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIAIRIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in thousands)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

13,000

 

28,000

 

37,500

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

6,234

 

5,765

 

5,526

 

Intangible amortization and impairment

 

1,872

 

4,163

 

3,584

 

Net gain on sale of investments

 

(1,377

)

(2,882

)

(652

)

Accretion of discount on investments

 

(789

)

(1,094

)

(1,576

)

Amortization of premium on investments

 

9,909

 

10,168

 

1,137

 

Gain on sale of loans

 

(327

)

(1,700

)

(916

)

Deferred income taxes

 

7,327

 

(135

)

(6,048

)

Net loss from disposition of premises and equipment

 

112

 

529

 

1,030

 

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets held for sale

 

(582

)

(773

)

 

Other real estate impairment

 

1,447

 

3,751

 

1,455

 

Gain on sale of other real estate

 

(174

)

(734

)

 

Amortization of KSOP

 

1,881

 

1,891

 

2,599

 

Increase in bank owned life insurance

 

(845

)

(1,479

)

(1,459

)

Stock based compensation expense

 

2,799

 

3,039

 

2,824

 

Origination of loans held for sale

 

(21,370

)

(103,339

)

(60,133

)

Proceeds from sale of loans

 

20,918

 

102,385

 

59,798

 

Purchases of trading securities

 

 

 

(216,487

)

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

 

 

 

223,546

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,382

 

1,857

 

3,165

 

Accrued interest payable

 

(30

)

(155

)

342

 

Income taxes (receivable) payable

 

(3,334

)

949

 

13,625

 

Other liabilities

 

(18,559

)

(10,727

)

229

 

Other assets

 

8,617

 

5,763

 

11,326

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

40,689

 

59,421

 

91,451

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans originated or acquired

 

(539,074

)

(481,427

)

(447,373

)

Principal repayment on loans

 

624,811

 

754,938

 

635,493

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(214,734

)

(652,619

)

(282,770

)

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

52,185

 

33,375

 

318,016

 

Proceeds from maturities, calls or repayments of investment securities available for sale

 

247,453

 

342,874

 

440,311

 

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity

 

(183,799

)

(155,471

)

(510,666

)

Proceeds from sales of investment securities held to maturity

 

2,173

 

 

3,526

 

Proceeds from maturities, calls or repayments of investment securities held to maturity

 

126,280

 

156,867

 

389,326

 

Net proceeds (purchases) from sales of money market funds

 

2,996

 

22,289

 

(32,275

)

(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

(1,033

)

5,019

 

4,312

 

Acquisition of SE Financial, net cash acquired

 

 

2,465

 

 

Proceeds from sale other real estate owned

 

10,148

 

12,791

 

2,817

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(14,141

)

(7,100

)

(2,684

)

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

266

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) other investing activities

 

691

 

(153

)

(898

)

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

114,222

 

33,848

 

517,135

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in borrowed funds

 

88,000

 

75,235

 

8,100

 

Repayment of borrowed funds

 

(87,981

)

(75,218

)

(31,082

)

Net (decrease) increase in checking, savings and demand accounts

 

(208,206

)

161,945

 

(314,827

)

Net decrease in time deposits

 

(59,291

)

(104,528

)

(9,774

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(21,658

)

(8,751

)

(3,346

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(289,136

)

48,683

 

(350,929

)

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(134,225

)

141,952

 

257,657

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

489,908

 

347,956

 

90,299

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

 

$

355,683

 

$

489,908

 

$

347,956

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW AND NON-CASH INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for interest

 

$

25,670

 

$

31,093

 

$

29,089

 

Cash (refunds) payments for income taxes

 

(1,490

)

637

 

(10,960

)

Transfers of loans to other real estate owned

 

5,537

 

8,630

 

4,750

 

Transfers of bank branches to fixed assets held for sale

 

 

 

553

 

Securities purchased and not yet settled

 

 

103,740

 

35,615

 

Contribution to pension plan

 

24,351

 

2,396

 

2,422

 

Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired

 

 

273,940

 

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

276,405

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(All dollar amounts are presented in thousands, except per share data)

 

1.       NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

The Company is a federally chartered stock holding company and owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank, a Pennsylvania chartered stock savings bank.  The Bank offers a variety of consumer and commercial banking services to individuals, businesses, and nonprofit organizations through 60 offices throughout the Philadelphia and Southern New Jersey area.  The Bank is supervised and regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (“the Department”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).  The Company is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  The deposits of the Bank are insured up to the applicable legal limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.

 

2.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  Specifically, the financial statements include the accounts of the Bank, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries.  The Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are:  (i) Beneficial Advisors, LLC, which offers wealth management services and non-deposit investment products, (ii) Neumann Corporation, a Delaware corporation formed to manage certain investments, (iii) Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, which provides insurance services to individual and business customers and (iv) BSB Union Corporation, a leasing company.  Additionally, the Company has subsidiaries that hold other real estate acquired in foreclosure or transferred from the commercial real estate loan portfolio.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.  The various services and products support each other and are interrelated.  Management makes significant operating decisions based upon the analysis of the entire Company and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis.  Accordingly, the various financial services and products offered are aggregated into one reportable operating segment: community banking as under guidance in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or “codification”) Topic 280 for Segment Reporting.

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements — These consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period.  The significant estimates include the allowance for loan losses, goodwill, other intangible assets and deferred income taxes.  Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

Investment Securities - The Company classifies and accounts for debt and equity securities as follows:

 

Held-to-Maturity - Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and are recorded at amortized cost.  Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted using the interest method over the estimated remaining term of the underlying security.

 

Available-for-Sale - Debt securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, that may be sold in response to changes to market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity, and changes in the availability of and the yield of alternative investments, are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported net of tax in other comprehensive income.  Realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded as of trade date and reported in the consolidated statements of income and determined using the adjusted cost of the specific security sold.

 

The Company determines whether any unrealized losses are temporary in accordance with guidance under FASB ASC Topic 320 for Investments - Debt and Equity Securities. The evaluation is based upon factors such as the creditworthiness of the issuers/guarantors, the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the continuing performance of the securities. Management also evaluates other facts and circumstances that may be indicative of an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) condition. This includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, and near-term prospects of the issuer.

 

In accordance with accounting guidance for equity securities, the Company evaluates its securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment throughout the year. Each investment that has an estimated fair value less than the book value is reviewed on a quarterly basis by management. Management considers at a minimum the following factors that, both individually or in combination, could indicate that the decline is other-than-temporary: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than book value, (2) the financial condition and the near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.  Among other factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent and ability to maintain an investment is a review of the capital adequacy, interest rate risk profile and liquidity

 

74



Table of Contents

 

position of the Company.  Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

 

Accounting guidance for debt securities requires the Company to assess whether the loss existed by considering whether (1) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (2) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, or (3) it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The guidance requires the Company to bifurcate the impact on securities where impairment in value was deemed to be other than temporary between the component representing credit loss and the component representing loss related to other factors. The portion of the fair value decline attributable to credit loss must be recognized through a charge to earnings. The difference between the fair market value and the credit loss is recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

The Company invests in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”) stock as required to support borrowing activities, as detailed in Note 13 to these consolidated financial statements. Although FHLB stock is an equity interest in a FHLB, it does not have a readily determinable fair value because its ownership is restricted and it lacks a market. FHLB stock can be sold back only at its par value of $100 per share and only to the FHLBs or to another member institution. The Company evaluates this investment for impairment on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.  The Company reports its investment in FHLB stock at cost in the consolidated statements of financial condition.  The Company reviews FHLB stock for impairment based on guidance from FASB ASC Topic 320 for Investments - Debt and Equity Securities and FASB ASC Topic 942 for Financial Services - Depository and Lending and has concluded that its investment is not impaired.

 

Loans - The Company’s loan portfolio consists of commercial loans, residential loans and consumer loans. Commercial loans include commercial real estate, commercial construction and commercial business loans. Residential loans include residential mortgage and construction loans secured primarily by first liens on one-to four-family residential properties.  Consumer loans consist primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit, personal loans, automobile loans and education loans.  Loan balances are stated at their principal balances, net of unamortized fees and costs.

 

Interest on loans is calculated based upon the principal amount outstanding.  Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as a yield adjustment over the life of the loans using the interest method.

 

Generally, loans are placed on non-accrual status when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent and any collateral or discounted cash flow deficiency is charged-off. Unsecured consumer loans are typically charged-off when they become 90 days past due. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Government guaranteed student loans greater than 90 days continue to accrue interest as they are government guaranteed with little risk of credit loss.

 

When a loan is determined to be impaired, it is placed on non-accrual status and all interest that had been accrued and not collected is reversed against interest income.  Payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to principal balances until paid in full and then to interest income.  The Bank’s policy for returning a loan to accruing status requires the preparation of a well documented credit evaluation which includes the following:

 

·           A review of the borrower’s current financial condition in which the borrower must demonstrate sufficient cash flow to support the repayment of all principal and interest including any amounts previously charged-off;

·            An updated appraisal or home valuation which must demonstrates sufficient collateral value to support the debt;

·            Sustained performance based on the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months;

·            Approval by the Special Assets Committee which consists of the Chief Credit Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and other members of senior management.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is determined by management based upon portfolio segment, past experience, evaluation of estimated loss and impairment in the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other pertinent factors.  Management also considers risk characteristics by portfolio segments including, but not limited to, renewals and real estate valuations.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for estimated losses and impairment based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risk in the loan portfolio.  Loan impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of collateral or estimated net realizable value. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense which is based upon past loan and loss experience and an evaluation of estimated losses in the current loan portfolio, including the evaluation of impaired loans.  In addition, the FDIC and the Department, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses.

 

Under the accounting guidance FASB ASC Topic 310 for Receivables, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments does not necessarily result in the loan being identified as impaired.  When all or a portion of the loan is deemed uncollectible, the uncollectible portion is charged-off.  The measurement is based either on the present value of expected future cash flows

 

75



Table of Contents

 

discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.  Impairment losses are included in the provision for loan losses.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings - The Company considers a loan a TDR when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Company has granted a concession that it would not otherwise consider but for the borrower’s financial difficulties.  A TDR includes a modification of debt terms or assets received in satisfaction of the debt (which may include foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure) or a combination of types.  The Company evaluates selective criteria to determine if a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty including the ability of the borrower to obtain funds from sources other than the Bank at market rates. The Company considers all TDR loans that are on non-accrual status to be impaired loans. The Company evaluates all TDR loans for impairment on an individual basis in accordance with ASC 310. We will not consider a loan a TDR if the loan modification was a result of a customer retention program.

 

Loans Acquired With Deteriorated Credit Quality - The Company accounts for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality in accordance with the provisions included in FASB ASC 310-30 Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.  For these loans, the Company determined that there is evidence of deterioration in credit quality since the origination of the loan and that it was probable, at the acquisition date, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable.  These loans are recorded at fair value, at the acquisition date, reflecting the present value of the amounts expected to be collected.  The Company evaluates loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality individually for further impairment.

 

Mortgage Banking Activities - The Company originates mortgage loans held for investment and for sale.  At origination, mortgage loans are identified as either held for sale or held for investment.  Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on a net aggregate basis.

 

The Company originates residential mortgage loans for sale primarily to institutional investors, such as Fannie Mae. The Company retains the mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) for the loans sold. The Company elected the fair value measurement method to value its existing mortgage servicing assets at fair value in accordance with ASC 860-50.  Under the fair value measurement method, the Company measures its MSRs at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in the fair value of its MSRs in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, mortgage servicing rights totaled $1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and were included in “other assets” in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, loans serviced for others totaled $158.0 million and $169.2 million, respectively.  Servicing loans for others consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors, and processing foreclosures.  The Company had fiduciary responsibility for related escrow and custodial funds aggregating approximately $2.0 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Bank Premises and Equipment - Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is calculated using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 10 to 40 years for buildings and three to 20 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment.  Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the useful lives of the respective assets, whichever is less.

 

Real Estate Owned - Real estate owned includes properties acquired by foreclosure or deed in-lieu of foreclosure and premises no longer used in operations.  These assets are initially recorded at the lower of carrying value of the loan or estimated fair value less selling costs at the time of foreclosure and at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less selling costs thereafter.  Losses arising from foreclosure transactions are charged against the allowance for loan losses.  The amounts recoverable from real estate owned could differ materially from the amounts used in arriving at the net carrying value of the assets at the time of foreclosure because of future market factors beyond the control of the Company.  Costs relating to the development and improvement of real estate owned properties are capitalized to the extent realizable and supported by the fair value of the property less selling costs and other costs relating to holding the property that are charged to expense.  Real estate owned is periodically evaluated for impairment and reductions in carrying value are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as other expenses.

 

Income Taxes - Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of “temporary differences” by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.  The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  A deferred tax liability is recognized for temporary differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years.  A deferred tax asset is recognized for temporary differences that will result in deductible amounts in future years and for carryforwards.  A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 for Income Taxes.  The guidance clarifies the accounting and reporting for income taxes where interpretation of the tax law may be uncertain. The FASB prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of income tax uncertainties with respect to positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  The uncertain tax liability for uncertain tax positions was zero at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangibles - Net assets of companies acquired in purchase transactions are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and, as such, the historical cost basis of individual assets and liabilities are adjusted to reflect

 

76



Table of Contents

 

their fair value.  Finite lived intangibles are amortized on an accelerated or straight-line basis over the period benefited. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 for Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis, or if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment, at the reporting unit level. The Company’s review for impairment includes an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, including goodwill.  If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, including goodwill, the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional procedure must be performed. That additional procedure compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

 

Other intangible assets subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. An impairment loss will be recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible is considered not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. The other intangibles are amortizing intangibles, which primarily consist of core deposit intangibles which are amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years.

 

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance - The Company funds the purchase of insurance policies on the lives of certain officers and employees of the Company.  The Company has recognized any change in cash surrender value of life insurance in non-interest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company has recognized  insurance costs in non-interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

Comprehensive Income - The Company presents a separate financial statement of comprehensive income that includes amounts from transactions and other events excluded from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and recorded directly to retained earnings.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits - The Company currently provides certain postretirement benefits to qualified retired employees.  These postretirement benefits principally pertain to health insurance coverage and life insurance.  The cost of such benefits is accrued during the years the employee provides service.  The Bank has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering many of its employees.  Additionally, the Company sponsors nonqualified supplemental employee retirement plans for certain participants. The benefits associated with these arrangements and plans are earned over a service period, and the Company estimates the amount of expense applicable to each plan or contract.  The estimated obligations for the plans and contracts are reflected as liabilities on the Company’s consolidated statements of condition.

 

Employee Savings and Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”) - The Company accounts for its KSOP based on guidance  set forth in FASB ASC Topic 715 for Compensation — Retirement Benefits. Shares are released to participants proportionately as the loan is repaid.  If the Company declares a dividend, the dividends on the allocated shares would be recorded as dividends and charged to retained earnings.  Dividends declared on common stock held by the KSOP and not allocated to the account of a participant can be used to repay the loan.   Allocation of shares to the KSOP participants is contingent upon the repayment of the loan to the Company.

 

Stock Based Compensation - The Company accounts for stock awards and stock options granted to employees and directors based on guidance set forth in FASB ASC Topic 718 for Compensation — Stock Compensation. The Company recognizes the related expense for the options and awards over the service period using the straight-line method.

 

Earnings Per share - The Company follows the guidance set forth in FASB ASC Topic 260 for Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of shares and the dilutive impact if any of stock options and restricted stock awards.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and balances due from banks, interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04 — Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): The amendments in this update apply to all creditors who obtain physical possession (resulting from an in substance repossession or foreclosure) of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan in satisfaction of a receivable.  The objective of the amendments in this update is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction.  The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15,

 

77



Table of Contents

 

2014. The Company will comply with this guidance and its effective date. The Company does not anticipate any material impact to the consolidated financial statements related to this guidance.

 

Also in January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects: The objective of this update is to provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit.  The amendments in this update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). For those investments in qualified affordable housing projects not accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the investment should be accounted for as an equity method investment or a cost method investment in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company intends to adopt this guidance on its effective date. As result of the guidance certain items will be presented differently in the income statement but there will be no overall change to reported net income amounts.

 

In December 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-12, Definition of a Public Business Entity: This update will aim to minimize the inconsistency and complexity of having multiple definitions of, or a diversity in practice as to what constitutes, a nonpublic entity and public entity within U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a going-forward basis. This update addresses those issues by defining public business entity. The FASB has not set an actual effective date for the amendments in this update.   However, the term public business entity will be used in Accounting Standards Updates in the future.  The Company does not anticipate an impact to the financial statements related to this guidance.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (Topic 740): The amendments of this update state that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This ASU applies to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted.  The Company does not anticipate a material impact to the consolidated financial statements related to this guidance.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, Derivatives and Hedging, Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate “OIS”) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes (Topic 815): The amendments of this update permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to the interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government (“UST”) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) swap rate. The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges.  The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting of the benchmark interest rate under Topic 815 to any of its derivative financial instruments.  The Company complied with this guidance for the period ended September 30, 2013 and noted no significant impact to the condensed consolidated financial statements related to this guidance.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405): The amendments in this update provide guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this update is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. GAAP.   This includes debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and settled litigation and judicial rulings.  The guidance in this update requires an entity to measure those obligations as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance in this update also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as other information about those obligations.  The amendments in this update are effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company does not anticipate a significant impact to the consolidated financial statements related to this guidance.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): The amendments in this update aim to improve the reporting of

 

78



Table of Contents

 

reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income.  The amendments in this update seek to attain that objective by requiring an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income.  For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. This would be the case when a portion of the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income is reclassified to a balance sheet account instead of directly to income or expense in the same reporting period.  For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company has complied with the guidance for the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (Topic 210): The amendments in this update clarify that the scope of Update 2011-11 applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.  An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods.  An entity should provide the required disclosures retrospectively for all comparative periods presented.  The Company has complied with the guidance for the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): The amendments in this update supersede certain pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, to effectively defer only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments will be temporary to allow the Board time to deliberate the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements for public, private and non profit entities. The amendments in this update are effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim annual periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, consistent with ASU 2011-05. The Company has presented comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet, Disclosure about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (Topic 210): The objective of this update is to provide enhanced disclosures that will enable users of its financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of this Update. The amendments require enhancement disclosures by requiring improved information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Sections 815-10-45. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 3, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company has complied with the guidance for the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-10, Property, Plant and Equipment (Topic 360): The objective of this update is to resolve the diversity in practice about whether the guidance in the Subtopic 360-20, Property, Plant and Equipment — Real Estate Sales, applies to a parent that ceases to have a controlling financial interest (as described in Subtopic 810-10 Consolidation — Overall) in a subsidiary that is in substance real estate as a result of default on the subsidiary’s nonrecourse debt. This update does not address whether the guidance in Subtopic 360-20 would apply to other circumstances when parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is in substance real estate. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company has complied with the guidance for the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) : Presentation of Comprehensive Income . This ASU amends the FASB ASC (Codification) to allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholder’s equity. The amendments to the Codification in the ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.  The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

3.                      CHANGES IN AND RECLASSIFICATIONS OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for the year ended December 31, 2013.  All amounts are presented net of tax.

 

 

 

Net unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

holding gains
(losses) on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available-for-sale

 

Defined benefit

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

securities

 

pension plan items

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2013

 

$

18,703

 

$

(25,730

)

$

(7,027

)

Changes in other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

(22,993

)

7,981

 

(15,012

)

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(788

)

1,473

 

685

 

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(23,781

)

9,454

 

(14,327

)

Ending balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

(5,078

)

$

(16,276

)

$

(21,354

)

 

The following table presents reclassifications out of AOCI by component for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Details about accumulated

 

Amount reclassified

 

Affected line item in

 

other comprehensive loss

 

from accumulated other

 

the consolidated statements

 

components

 

comprehensive loss

 

of operations

 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,247

)

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

 

 

459

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

$

(788

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of defined benefit pension items

 

 

 

 

 

Transition obligation

 

164

(1)

Other non-interest expense

 

Prior service costs

 

(527

)(1)

Other non-interest expense

 

Net recognized actuarial losses

 

2,614

(1)

Other non-interest expense

 

 

 

2,251

 

Total before tax

 

 

 

(778

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

1,473

 

Net of tax

 

 


(1)        These accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost.  See Note 17 - Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details.

 

4.                      BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

On April 3, 2012, the Company consummated the transactions contemplated by an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among the Company, the Bank, SE Financial Corp. (“SE Financial”) and St. Edmond’s Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SE Corp (“St. Edmond’s”), pursuant to which SE Financial merged with a newly formed subsidiary of the Company and thereby became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).  Immediately thereafter, St. Edmond’s merged with and into the Bank.  Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, SE Financial shareholders received a cash payment of $14.50 for each share of SE Financial common stock they owned as of the effective date of the acquisition.  Additionally, all options to purchase SE Financial common stock which were outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the completion of the acquisition were cancelled in exchange for a cash payment made by SE Financial equal to the positive difference between $14.50 and the exercise price of such options.  In accordance with the Merger Agreement, the aggregate consideration paid to SE Financial shareholders was approximately $29.4 million. The results of SE Financial’s operations are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the period beginning on April 3, 2012, the date of the acquisition, through December 31, 2013.

 

Upon completion of the Merger, the Company paid cash for 100% of the outstanding voting shares of SE Financial.  The acquisition of SE Financial and St. Edmond’s increased the Company’s market share in southeastern Pennsylvania,

 

80



Table of Contents

 

specifically Philadelphia and Delaware Counties.  Additionally, the acquisition provided Beneficial with new branches in Roxborough, Pennsylvania and Deptford, New Jersey.

 

The acquisition of SE Financial was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.  The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill in the amount of approximately $11.5 million, which is not amortizable and is not deductible for tax purposes.  The Company allocated the total balance of goodwill to its banking segment.

 

In connection with the SE Financial merger, the consideration paid and the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are summarized in the following table:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Consideration paid:

 

 

 

Cash paid to SE Financial shareholders

 

$

29,438

 

Change in control payments

 

1,904

 

Value of consideration

 

$

31,342

 

Assets acquired:

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

33,807

 

Investment securities

 

39,793

 

FHLB stock

 

2,471

 

Loans

 

175,231

 

Premises and equipment

 

3,729

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

3,813

 

Core deposit intangible

 

708

 

Real estate owned

 

1,155

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

837

 

Deferred tax asset

 

6,392

 

Other assets

 

28,324

 

Total assets

 

296,260

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Deposits

 

275,293

 

Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

482

 

Accrued interest payable

 

35

 

Other liabilities

 

595

 

Total liabilities

 

276,405

 

Net assets acquired

 

19,855

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition of SE Financial

 

$

11,487

 

 

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company finalized its fair value estimates related to the Merger. There were no adjustments to goodwill during this period from the amount reported in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

In many cases, the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined by estimating the cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and discounting them at appropriate market rates. The most significant category of assets for which this procedure was used was acquired loans. The excess of expected cash flows above the fair value of the majority of loans will be accreted to interest income over the remaining lives of the loans in accordance with FASB ASC 310-20.

 

Certain loans, for which specific credit-related deterioration was identified, are recorded at fair value, reflecting the present value of the amounts expected to be collected. Income recognition on these loans is based on a reasonable expectation of the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. The timing of the sale of loan collateral was estimated for acquired loans deemed impaired and considered collateral dependent.  For these collateral dependent impaired loans, the excess of the future expected cash flow over the present value of the future expected cash flow represents the accretable yield, which will be accreted into interest income over the estimated liquidation period using the effective interest method.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

The following table details the loans that are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30 as of April 3, 2012:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

 

$

9,807

 

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference)

 

4,532

 

Expected cash flows at acquisition

 

5,275

 

 

 

 

 

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable discount)

 

159

 

Fair value of acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30

 

$

5,116

 

 

Acquired loans not subject to the requirements of FASB ASC 310-30 are recorded at fair value.  The fair value mark on each of these loans will be accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan.  The following table details loans that are not accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30 as of April 3, 2012:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

 

$

175,694

 

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (credit mark)

 

8,941

 

Expected cash flows at acquisition

 

166,753

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate premium mark

 

3,362

 

Fair value of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30

 

$

170,115

 

 

In accordance with GAAP, there was no carryover of the allowance for loan losses that had been previously recorded by SE Financial.

 

In connection with the acquisition of SE Financial, the Company acquired an investment portfolio with a fair value of $39.8 million.  All investment securities were sold on April 3, 2012 at fair value.

 

In connection with the acquisition of SE Financial, the Company recorded a net deferred income tax asset of $6.4 million related to SE Financial’s net operating loss carryforward, as well as other tax attributes of the acquired company, along with the effects of fair value adjustments resulting from applying the acquisition method of accounting.

 

The fair value of savings and transaction deposit accounts acquired from SE Financial provide value to the Company as a source of below market rate funds.  The fair value of the core deposit intangible (“CDI”) was determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis using a discount rate based on the estimated cost of capital for a market participant. To calculate cash flows, deposit account servicing costs (net of deposit fee income) and interest expense on deposits were compared to the cost of alternative funding sources available to the Company. The life of the deposit base and projected deposit attrition rates were determined using Beneficial’s historical deposit data. The CDI was valued at $708 thousand or 0.32% of deposits. The intangible asset is being amortized on an accelerated basis over ten years.  Amortization for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2012 was $32 thousand and $96 thousand, respectively.

 

The fair value of certificates of deposit accounts was calculated based on the projected cash flows from maturing certificates considering their contractual rates as compared to prevailing market rates. The valuation adjustment is equal to the present value of the difference of these two cash flows, discounted at the prevailing market rates for a certificate with a corresponding maturity. This valuation adjustment was valued at $1.2 million and is being amortized in line with the expected cash flows driven by maturities of these deposits over the next five years.  Amortization for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2012 was $154 thousand and $436 thousand, respectively.

 

Direct costs related to the Merger were expensed as incurred. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company incurred $2.2 million in merger and acquisition integration expenses related to the Merger, including $47 thousand of facility expenses, $783 thousand of contract termination expenses, $441 thousand of severance expense, and $893 thousand of other merger expenses.

 

The Company recognized a $407 thousand gain in 2012 related to the re-measurement to fair value equal to $695 thousand of the Company’s previously held 2.5% equity interest in SE Financial Corp that is included in net gain on sale of investment securities within the Company’s financial statements.  The fair value of the Company’s previously held equity interest was based on the cash payment of $14.50 for each share of SE Financial common stock.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents actual operating results attributable to SE Financial since the April 3, 2012 acquisition date through December 31, 2012.  This information does not include purchase accounting adjustments or acquisition integration costs.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

SE Financial
April 3, 2012 to
December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

6,149

 

Non-interest income

 

326

 

Non-interest expense and income taxes

 

(2,780

)

Net income

 

$

3,695

 

 

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisition of SE Financial had occurred on both January 1, 2012 and January 1, 2011. This pro forma information gives effect to certain adjustments, including purchase accounting fair value adjustments, amortization of core deposit and other intangibles and related income tax effects.

 

The pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisition of SE Financial occurred at the beginning of 2012 or 2011. In particular, merger and acquisition integration costs of $2.2 million and $848 thousand incurred by Beneficial and SE Financial, respectively, and expected cost savings are not reflected in the pro forma amounts.

 

 

 

Pro forma
For the Year Ended

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

142,055

 

$

153,686

 

Allowance for loan loss

 

(28,128

)

(38,981

)

Non-interest income

 

27,722

 

25,942

 

Non-interest expense and income taxes

 

(124,871

)

(125,986

)

Net income

 

$

16,778

 

$

14,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.19

 

Diluted

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.19

 

 

5.                      EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The following table presents a calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  The difference between common shares issued and basic average common shares outstanding, for purposes of calculating basic earnings per share, is a result of subtracting unallocated employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) shares and unvested restricted stock shares. See Note 19 to these consolidated financial statements for further discussion of stock grants.

 

 

 

For the Year Ended
December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

Basic average common shares outstanding

 

75,841,392

 

76,657,265

 

77,075,726

 

Effect of dilutive securities

 

244,006

 

170,607

 

155,577

 

Dilutive average shares outstanding

 

76,085,398

 

76,827,872

 

77,231,303

 

Net earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.14

 

Diluted

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.14

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there were 2,726,800 outstanding options and no restricted stock grants that were anti-dilutive for the earnings per share calculation.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, there were 2,178,400 outstanding options and no restricted stock grants that were anti-dilutive for the earnings per share calculation.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, there were 2,086,100 outstanding options and 126,000 restricted stock grants that were anti-dilutive for the earnings per share calculation. Options in which the exercise price exceeds the average market price are considered anti-dilutive and are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

6.                      CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

 

The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances in accordance with federal requirements.  Cash and due from banks in the consolidated statements of financial condition include $17.5 million and $20.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, relating to this requirement.

 

Cash and due from banks also includes fiduciary funds of $767 thousand and $920 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, relating to insurance services.

 

7.                      INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt and equity securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (“GSE”) and Agency Notes

 

$

12,968

 

$

 

$

51

 

$

12,917

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

5,815

 

204

 

 

6,019

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

840,787

 

9,538

 

17,227

 

833,098

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

98,708

 

82

 

2,361

 

96,429

 

Municipal bonds

 

65,593

 

1,836

 

 

67,429

 

Money market, mutual funds and certificates of deposit

 

18,337

 

 

49

 

18,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,042,208

 

$

11,660

 

$

19,688

 

$

1,034,180

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

$

502,556

 

$

650

 

$

14,389

 

$

488,817

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

20,863

 

61

 

654

 

20,270

 

Municipal bonds

 

3,410

 

125

 

 

3,535

 

Foreign bonds

 

2,000

 

11

 

 

2,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

528,829

 

$

847

 

$

15,043

 

$

514,633

 

 

84



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (“GSE”) and Agency Notes

 

$

26,085

 

$

282

 

$

 

$

26,367

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

6,732

 

254

 

 

6,986

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

940,452

 

25,416

 

186

 

965,682

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

157,581

 

1,250

 

364

 

158,467

 

Municipal bonds

 

75,534

 

4,479

 

 

80,013

 

Pooled trust preferred securities

 

10,382

 

 

1,660

 

8,722

 

Money market, mutual funds and certificates of deposit

 

21,110

 

144

 

 

21,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,237,876

 

$

31,825

 

$

2,210

 

$

1,267,491

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

$

536

 

$

1

 

$

 

$

537

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

430,256

 

9,781

 

 

440,037

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

38,909

 

135

 

 

39,044

 

Municipal bonds

 

5,497

 

182

 

 

5,679

 

Foreign bonds

 

2,000

 

10

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

477,198

 

$

10,109

 

$

 

$

487,307

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank received proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities of $38.3 million, non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation (CMOs) of $11.3 million, pooled trust preferred collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) of $4.7 million, and other securities of $2.0 million that resulted in an aggregate net gain of $1.4 million. The $38.3 million of mortgage-backed securities sold during the year ended December 31, 2013 included four securities classified as held to maturity with an aggregate carrying value of approximately $2.0 million.  The sale of the securities classified as held to maturity resulted in a gain of $130 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2013.  Given that the Bank had collected more than 85% of the principal balance of each held to maturity security as of the date of sale, the Bank considers these sales to be maturities.

 

In December 2013, final rules implementing the Volcker Rule (Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) were promulgated by the five federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for implementing and enforcing the rule. The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities” from proprietary trading and imposes substantial restrictions on their ownership or sponsorship of, and relationships with, certain “covered funds,” largely hedge funds and private equity funds. Importantly, with respect to proprietary trading, the final rule tightens the requirements for the hedging exemption to require that the hedge demonstrably mitigates a “specific, identified exposure.”

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a $1.2 million loss on the sale of $4.7 million of pooled trust preferred securities due to the uncertainty regarding banking institutions being allowed to hold pooled trust preferred securities under the Volcker Rule.  These securities were in a $740 thousand unrealized loss position at the time of the sale. Management reviewed the securities included in the Company’s investment portfolio and determined that the remaining securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013 are not impacted by Volcker Rule. In addition, management determined that the Company has no hedges that would be impacted by the Volcker Rule.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

The following tables provide information on the gross unrealized losses and fair market value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

GSE and agency notes

 

$

12,816

 

$

51

 

$

 

$

 

$

12,816

 

$

51

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

1,075,483

 

31,616

 

 

 

1,075,483

 

31,616

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

71,780

 

876

 

36,463

 

2,139

 

108,243

 

3,015

 

Subtotal, debt securities

 

$

1,160,079

 

$

32,543

 

$

36,463

 

$

2,139

 

$

1,196,542

 

$

34,682

 

Mutual Funds

 

1,261

 

49

 

 

 

1,261

 

49

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

1,161,340

 

$

32,592

 

$

36,463

 

$

2,139

 

$

1,197,803

 

$

34,731

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

24,184

 

$

186

 

$

 

$

 

$

24,184

 

$

186

 

Pooled trust preferred securities

 

 

 

8,722

 

1,660

 

8,722

 

1,660

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

68,565

 

364

 

 

 

68,565

 

364

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

92,749

 

$

550

 

$

8,722

 

$

1,660

 

$

101,471

 

$

2,210

 

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. The Company determines whether the unrealized losses are temporary in accordance with guidance under FASB ASC Topic 320 for Investments - Debt and Equity Securities. The evaluation is based upon factors such as the creditworthiness of the issuers/guarantors, the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the continuing performance of the securities. Management also evaluates other facts and circumstances that may be indicative of an OTTI condition. This includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, and near-term prospects of the issuer, the likelihood of recovering the Company’s investment, whether the Company has the intent to sell the investment or that it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery, and other available information to determine the nature of the decline in market value of the securities.

 

The Company records the credit portion of OTTI through earnings based on the credit impairment estimates generally derived from cash flow analyses. The remaining unrealized loss, due to factors other than credit, is recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The Company had an unrealized loss of $31.6 million related to its GSE mortgage-backed securities as of December 31, 2013.  Additionally, the Company had an unrealized loss of $3.0 million on GSE collateralized mortgage obligations and an unrealized loss of $100 thousand on other debt securities and mutual funds as of December 31, 2013.  The increase in the unrealized loss is due to an increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates during 2013.

 

GSE Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

The Company’s investments that were in a loss position for less than 12 months included GSE mortgage-backed securities with an unrealized loss of 2.9%. The unrealized loss is due to current interest rate levels relative to the Company’s cost. Because the unrealized losses are due to current interest rate levels relative to the Company’s cost and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these investments before recovery of its amortized cost, which may be at maturity, the Company did not consider these investments to be other-than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

 

GSE Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

 

The Company’s investments that were in a loss position for greater than 12 months included a GSE CMO with an unrealized loss of 5.5% as of December 31, 2013.  The Company’s investments that were in a loss position for less than 12 months included GSE CMOs with an unrealized loss of 1.2% as of December 31, 2013. The unrealized loss is due to current interest rate levels relative to the Company’s cost. Because the unrealized losses are due to current interest rate levels relative to the Company’s cost and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these investments before recovery of its amortized cost, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Other Securities

 

The Company reviewed its portfolio for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, and with respect to the remaining debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, these securities in a loss position prior to their anticipated recovery.

 

The following table sets forth the stated maturities of the investment securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  Maturities for mortgage-backed securities are dependent upon the rate environment and prepayments of the underlying loans.  For purposes of this table they are presented separately.

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

(Dollars are in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

4,241

 

$

4,286

 

$

5,635

 

$

5,696

 

Due after one year through five years

 

8,016

 

8,328

 

6,415

 

6,643

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

49,623

 

50,659

 

61,677

 

64,402

 

Due after ten years

 

16,693

 

17,085

 

38,459

 

38,546

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

945,310

 

935,546

 

1,104,765

 

1,131,135

 

Money market and mutual funds

 

18,325

 

18,276

 

20,925

 

21,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,042,208

 

$

1,034,180

 

$

1,237,876

 

$

1,267,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

2,540

 

$

2,573

 

$

4,142

 

$

4,177

 

Due after one year through five years

 

2,490

 

2,543

 

2,850

 

2,913

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

380

 

430

 

505

 

599

 

Due after ten years

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

523,419

 

509,087

 

469,701

 

479,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

528,829

 

$

514,633

 

$

477,198

 

$

487,307

 

 

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $296.8 million and $438.4 million, respectively, of securities were pledged to secure municipal deposits.  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $33.2 million and $96.2 million, respectively, of securities pledged as collateral on secured borrowings.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had no securities pledged as collateral on interest rate swaps while at December 31, 2012, the Company had $503 thousand of securities pledged as collateral on interest rate swaps.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

8.       LOANS

 

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

$

584,133

 

$

639,557

 

Commercial business loans

 

378,663

 

332,169

 

Commercial construction

 

38,067

 

105,047

 

Total commercial loans

 

1,000,863

 

1,076,773

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

683,700

 

665,246

 

Residential construction

 

277

 

2,094

 

Total residential loans

 

683,977

 

667,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity & lines of credit

 

234,154

 

258,499

 

Personal

 

40,892

 

55,850

 

Education

 

206,521

 

217,896

 

Automobile

 

175,400

 

170,946

 

Total consumer loans

 

656,967

 

703,191

 

Total loans

 

2,341,807

 

2,447,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for losses

 

(55,649

)

(57,649

)

Loans, net

 

$

2,286,158

 

$

2,389,655

 

 

Included in the balance of residential loans are approximately $780 thousand and $2.7 million of loans held for sale at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, on an aggregate basis. Loans held for sale are loans originated by the Bank to be sold to a third party under contractual obligation to purchase the loans from the Bank.  For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank sold residential mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of approximately $20.6 million and $100.7 million, respectively, and recorded mortgage banking income of approximately $1.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively.  The Bank retained the related servicing rights for the loans that were sold to Fannie Mae and receives a 25 basis point servicing fee from the purchaser of the loans.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to executive officers and directors and their affiliates amounting to $463 thousand, $386 thousand and $202 thousand at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The amount of payoffs and repayments with respect to such loans during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $77 thousand, $94 thousand and $310 thousand, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were $150 thousand new related party loans granted compared to no new related party loans granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1 thousand granted during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The Company evaluates the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses balance on loans on a quarterly basis.  When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings. The Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of: (1) a specific valuation allowance on identified problem loans; (2) a general valuation allowance on the remainder of the loan portfolio; and (3) an unallocated component.  Management established an unallocated reserve to cover uncertainties that the Company believes have resulted in losses that have not yet been allocated to specific elements of the general component. Such factors include uncertainties in economic conditions and in identifying triggering events that directly correlate to subsequent loss rates, changes in appraised value of underlying collateral, risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors and historical loss experience data that may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio or economic conditions. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodology for estimating general losses in the portfolio. The appropriate allowance level is estimated based upon factors and trends identified by the Company at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared. Management continuously evaluates its allowance methodology; however, the unallocated allowance is subject to changes each reporting period.

 

Although the Company determines the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available to absorb losses in the loan portfolio. The Company charges-off the collateral or discounted cash flow deficiency on all loans at 90 days past due, except government guaranteed student loans, and all loans rated substandard or worse that are 90 days past due.  As a result, no specific valuation allowance was maintained at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 for non-performing loans.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

The following tables set forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL

 

RESIDENTIAL

 

CONSUMER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

Real

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

Estate

 

Construction

 

Lines

 

Personal

 

Education

 

Auto

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

21,994

 

$

18,088

 

$

8,242

 

$

2,293

 

$

142

 

$

2,397

 

$

2,062

 

$

303

 

$

1,578

 

$

550

 

$

57,649

 

Charge-offs

 

7,795

 

5,340

 

3,539

 

836

 

215

 

740

 

654

 

105

 

1,113

 

 

20,337

 

Recoveries

 

1,785

 

902

 

1,058

 

430

 

 

255

 

182

 

 

725

 

 

5,337

 

Provision (credit)

 

6,105

 

5,651

 

(2,573

)

313

 

73

 

1,221

 

1,097

 

108

 

1,005

 

 

13,000

 

Allowance ending balance

 

$

22,089

 

$

19,301

 

$

3,188

 

$

2,200

 

$

 

$

3,133

 

$

2,687

 

$

306

 

$

2,195

 

$

550

 

$

55,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

22,089

 

19,301

 

3,188

 

2,200

 

 

3,133

 

2,687

 

306

 

2,195

 

550

 

55,649

 

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Allowance

 

$

22,089

 

$

19,301

 

$

3,188

 

$

2,200

 

$

 

$

3,133

 

$

2,687

 

$

306

 

$

2,195

 

$

550

 

$

55,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

28,027

 

$

26,022

 

$

2,518

 

$

12,827

 

$

130

 

$

1,120

 

$

107

 

 

$

151

 

 

$

70,902

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

555,998

 

352,641

 

35,345

 

670,686

 

147

 

233,034

 

40,785

 

206,521

 

175,249

 

 

2,270,406

 

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)

 

108

 

 

204

 

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

499

 

Total Portfolio

 

$

584,133

 

$

378,663

 

$

38,067

 

$

683,700

 

$

277

 

$

234,154

 

$

40,892

 

$

206,521

 

$

175,400

 

$

 

$

2,341,807

 

 


(1)             Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality and loans modified under a trouble debt restructuring that are performing in accordance with their modified terms and have been returned to accruing status are evaluated on  an individual basis.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL

 

RESIDENTIAL

 

CONSUMER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Real

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

Estate

 

Construction

 

Lines

 

Personal

 

Education

 

Auto

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

16,254

 

$

15,376

 

$

14,791

 

$

1,620

 

$

65

 

$

2,020

 

$

1,855

 

$

279

 

$

1,403

 

$

550

 

$

54,213

 

Charge-offs

 

7,590

 

9,867

 

5,803

 

736

 

479

 

979

 

681

 

135

 

1,070

 

 

27,340

 

Recoveries

 

218

 

905

 

675

 

36

 

 

253

 

201

 

 

488

 

 

2,776

 

Provision (credit)

 

13,112

 

11,674

 

(1,421

)

1,373

 

556

 

1,103

 

687

 

159

 

757

 

 

28,000

 

Allowance ending balance

 

$

21,994

 

$

18,088

 

$

8,242

 

$

2,293

 

$

142

 

$

2,397

 

$

2,062

 

$

303

 

$

1,578

 

$

550

 

$

57,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

21,994

 

18,088

 

8,242

 

2,293

 

142

 

2,397

 

2,062

 

303

 

1,578

 

550

 

57,649

 

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Allowance

 

$

21,994

 

$

18,088

 

$

8,242

 

$

2,293

 

$

142

 

$

2,397

 

$

2,062

 

$

303

 

$

1,578

 

$

550

 

$

57,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

37,358

 

$

18,748

 

$

13,407

 

$

15,075

 

$

783

 

$

1,110

 

$

592

 

$

 

$

119

 

$

 

$

87,192

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

601,981

 

313,421

 

89,866

 

649,815

 

1,311

 

257,389

 

55,258

 

217,896

 

170,827

 

 

2,357,764

 

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)

 

218

 

 

1,774

 

356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,348

 

Total Portfolio

 

$

639,557

 

$

332,169

 

$

105,047

 

$

665,246

 

$

2,094

 

$

258,499

 

$

55,850

 

$

217,896

 

$

170,946

 

$

 

$

2,447,304

 

 


(1)              Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality and loans modified under a trouble debt restructuring that are performing in accordance with their modified terms and have been returned to accruing status are evaluated on an individual basis.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL

 

RESIDENTIAL

 

CONSUMER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011 

 

Real

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

Estate

 

Construction

 

Lines

 

Personal

 

Education

 

Auto

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

14,793

 

$

14,407

 

$

9,296

 

$

1,854

 

$

30

 

$

2,136

 

$

977

 

$

297

 

$

1,026

 

$

550

 

$

45,366

 

Charge-offs

 

8,508

 

5,897

 

16,063

 

968

 

36

 

587

 

1,643

 

147

 

1,185

 

 

35,034

 

Recoveries

 

651

 

1,027

 

3,333

 

28

 

 

461

 

310

 

 

571

 

 

6,381

 

Provision

 

9,318

 

5,839

 

18,225

 

706

 

71

 

10

 

2,211

 

129

 

991

 

 

37,500

 

Allowance ending balance

 

$

16,254

 

$

15,376

 

$

14,791

 

$

1,620

 

$

65

 

$

2,020

 

$

1,855

 

$

279

 

$

1,403

 

$

550

 

$

54,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

16,254

 

15,376

 

14,791

 

1,620

 

65

 

2,020

 

1,855

 

279

 

1,403

 

550

 

54,213

 

Total Allowance

 

$

16,254

 

$

15,376

 

$

14,791

 

$

1,620

 

$

65

 

$

2,020

 

$

1,855

 

$

279

 

$

1,403

 

$

550

 

$

54,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

38,324

 

$

31,666

 

$

40,349

 

$

12,477

 

$

1,850

 

$

499

 

$

436

 

$

 

$

97

 

$

 

$

125,698

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

508,686

 

397,600

 

193,196

 

611,478

 

3,731

 

268,294

 

72,658

 

234,844

 

159,944

 

 

2,450,431

 

Total Portfolio

 

$

547,010

 

$

429,266

 

$

233,545

 

$

623,955

 

$

5,581

 

$

268,793

 

$

73,094

 

$

234,844

 

$

160,041

 

$

 

$

2,576,129

 

 

The provision for loan losses charged to expense is based upon past loan loss experience and an evaluation of estimated losses in the current loan portfolio, including the evaluation of impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310 for Loans and Debt Securities.  Under the accounting guidance FASB ASC Topic 310 for Receivables, for all loan segments a loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments does not necessarily result in the loan being identified as impaired.  When all or a portion of the loan is deemed uncollectible, the uncollectible portion is charged-off.  The measurement is based either on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.  Most of the Company’s commercial loans are collateral dependent and therefore the Company uses the value of the collateral to measure the loss. Any collateral or discounted cash flow deficiency for loans that are 90 days past due are charged-off. Impairment losses are included in the provision for loan losses.  Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment, except for those loans restructured under a troubled debt restructuring.

 

Classified Loans

 

The Bank’s credit review process includes a risk classification of all commercial and residential loans that includes pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful.  The classification of a loan may change based on changes in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The description of the risk classifications are as follows:

 

A loan is classified as pass when payments are current and it is performing under the original contractual terms. A loan is classified as special mention when the borrower exhibits potential credit weakness or a downward trend which, if not checked or corrected, will weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position.  While potentially weak, the borrower is currently marginally acceptable; no loss of principal or interest is envisioned.  A loan is classified as substandard when the borrower has a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly liquidation of the debt. A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor, normal repayment from this borrower is in jeopardy, and there is a distinct possibility that a partial loss of interest and/or principal will occur if the deficiencies are not corrected. A loan is classified as doubtful when a borrower has all weaknesses inherent in a loan classified as substandard with the added provision that: (1) the weaknesses make collection of debt in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values highly questionable and improbable; (2) serious problems exist to the point where a partial loss of principal is likely; and (3) the possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important, reasonably specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the assets, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.  Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens and additional refinancing plans. The Company charges-off the collateral or discounted cash flow deficiency on all loans on non-accrual

 

91



Table of Contents

 

status. In all cases, loans (except for government-guaranteed education loans) are placed on non-accrual when 90 days past due or earlier if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

 

The following tables set forth the amounts and percentage of the portfolio of classified asset categories for the commercial and residential loan portfolios at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Commercial and Residential Loans

Credit Risk Internally Assigned

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Residential

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

Real Estate

 

Construction

 

Total

 

Grade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

511,527

 

88

%

$

318,190

 

84

%

$

32,719

 

86

%

$

675,667

 

99

%

$

147

 

53

%

$

1,538,250

 

91

%

Special Mention

 

25,806

 

4

%

21,714

 

6

%

2,006

 

5

%

 

%

 

%

49,526

 

3

%

Substandard

 

46,800

 

8

%

38,759

 

10

%

3,342

 

9

%

8,033

 

1

%

130

 

47

%

97,064

 

6

%

Doubtful

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

Total

 

$

584,133

 

100

%

$

378,663

 

100

%

$

38,067

 

100

%

$

683,700

 

100

%

$

277

 

100

%

$

1,684,840

 

100

%

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Residential

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

Real Estate

 

Construction

 

Total

 

Grade

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

557,397

 

87

%

$

280,375

 

84

%

$

75,788

 

72

%

$

656,936

 

99

%

$

1,311

 

63

%

$

1,571,807

 

90

%

Special Mention

 

36,468

 

6

%

30,106

 

9

%

4,061

 

4

%

 

%

 

%

70,635

 

3

%

Substandard

 

44,281

 

7

%

19,596

 

6

%

25,198

 

24

%

8,310

 

1

%

783

 

37

%

98,168

 

6

%

Doubtful

 

1,411

 

%

2,092

 

1

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

3,503

 

1

%

Total

 

$

639,557

 

100

%

$

332,169

 

100

%

$

105,047

 

100

%

$

665,246

 

100

%

$

2,094

 

100

%

$

1,744,113

 

100

%

 

The Bank’s credit review process is based on payment history for all consumer loans.  The collateral deficiency on consumer loans is charged-off when they become 90 days delinquent with the exception of education loans which are guaranteed by the U.S. government.  The following tables set forth the consumer loan risk profile based on payment activity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Home Equity & Lines of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

Personal

 

Education

 

Auto

 

Total

 

Performing

 

$

233,201

 

100

%

$

40,785

 

100

%

$

182,111

 

88

%

$

175,249

 

100

%

$

631,346

 

96

%

Non-performing

 

953

 

%

107

 

%

24,410

 

12

%

151

 

%

25,621

 

4

%

Total

 

$

234,154

 

100

%

$

40,892

 

100

%

$

206,521

 

100

%

$

175,400

 

100

%

$

656,967

 

100

%

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Home Equity & Lines of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

Personal

 

Education

 

Auto

 

Total

 

Performing

 

$

257,389

 

100

%

$

55,258

 

99

%

$

193,883

 

89

%

$

170,827

 

100

%

$

677,357

 

96

%

Non-performing

 

1,110

 

%

592

 

1

%

24,013

 

11

%

119

 

%

25,834

 

4

%

Total

 

$

258,499

 

100

%

$

55,850

 

100

%

$

217,896

 

100

%

$

170,946

 

100

%

$

703,191

 

100

%

 

92



Table of Contents

 

Loans Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality

 

The outstanding principal balance and related carrying amount of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, for which the Company applies the provisions of ASC 310-30, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oustanding principal balance

 

$

923

 

$

3,199

 

Carrying amount

 

499

 

2,348

 

 

The following table presents changes in the accretable discount on loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, for which the Company applies the provisions of ASC 310-30, since the April 3, 2012 acquisition date through December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Accretable

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Discount

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, April 3, 2012

 

$

159

 

Accretion

 

(87

)

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

72

 

Accretion

 

(57

)

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

15

 

 

Loan Delinquencies and Non-accrual Loans

 

The Company monitors the past due and non-accrual status of loans in determining the loss classification, impairment status and in determining the allowance for loan losses.  Generally, all loans past due 90 days are put on non-accrual status.  Education loans greater than 90 days delinquent continue to accrue interest as they are U.S. government guaranteed with little risk of credit loss.

 

The following tables provide information about delinquent and non-accrual loans in the Company’s portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

93



Table of Contents

 

Aged Analysis of Past Due and Non-accrual Financing Receivables

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

60-89

 

> 90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

Days

 

Days

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

>90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

Past

 

Past

 

Past

 

Past

 

 

 

Financing

 

And

 

Non-

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Due

 

Due

 

Due

 

Due

 

Current

 

Receivables

 

Accruing

 

Accruing (1)

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

$

2,017

 

9

%

$

 

%

$

6,814

 

17

%

$

8,831

 

11

%

$

575,302

 

25

%

$

584,133

 

25

%

$

 

$

20,613

 

40

%

Commercial business loans

 

330

 

1

%

1,103

 

8

%

3,094

 

8

%

4,527

 

6

%

374,136

 

17

%

378,663

 

16

%

 

15,900

 

31

%

Commercial construction

 

 

%

752

 

6

%

1,766

 

4

%

2,518

 

3

%

35,549

 

2

%

38,067

 

2

%

 

2,518

 

5

%

Total commercial

 

$

2,347

 

10

%

$

1,855

 

14

%

$

11,674

 

29

%

$

15,876

 

20

%

$

984,987

 

44

%

$

1,000,863

 

43

%

$

 

$

39,031

 

76

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

2,796

 

11

%

$

1,068

 

8

%

$

3,076

 

8

%

$

6,940

 

9

%

$

676,760

 

30

%

$

683,700

 

29

%

$

 

$

11,393

 

22

%

Residential construction

 

 

%

 

%

130

 

%

130

 

%

147

 

%

277

 

%

 

130

 

%

Total residential

 

$

2,796

 

11

%

$

1,068

 

8

%

$

3,206

 

8

%

$

7,070

 

9

%

$

676,907

 

30

%

$

683,977

 

29

%

$

 

$

11,523

 

22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity & lines of credit

 

$

700

 

3

%

$

435

 

3

%

$

448

 

1

%

$

1,583

 

2

%

$

232,571

 

9

%

$

234,154

 

10

%

$

 

$

953

 

2

%

Personal

 

542

 

2

%

77

 

1

%

2

 

%

621

 

1

%

40,271

 

2

%

40,892

 

2

%

 

107

 

%

Education

 

16,223

 

65

%

9,485

 

71

%

24,410

 

62

%

50,118

 

64

%

156,403

 

7

%

206,521

 

9

%

24,410

 

 

%

Automobile

 

2,293

 

9

%

448

 

3

%

 

%

2,741

 

4

%

172,659

 

8

%

175,400

 

7

%

 

151

 

%

Total consumer

 

$

19,758

 

79

%

$

10,445

 

78

%

$

24,860

 

63

%

$

55,063

 

71

%

$

601,904

 

26

%

$

656,967

 

28

%

$

24,410

 

$

1,211

 

2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

24,901

 

100

%

$

13,368

 

100

%

$

39,740

 

100

%

$

78,009

 

100

%

$

2,263,798

 

100

%

$

2,341,807

 

100

%

$

24,410

 

$

51,765

 

100

%

 


(1)         Non-accruing loans do not include $499 thousand of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, which have been recorded at their fair value at acquisition.

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Aged Analysis of Past Due and Non-accrual Financing Receivables

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

60-89

 

> 90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

Days

 

Days

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

>90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

Past

 

Past

 

Past

 

Past

 

 

 

Financing

 

And

 

Non-

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Due

 

Due

 

Due

 

Due

 

Current

 

Receivables

 

Accruing

 

Accruing (1)

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

$

9,532

 

21

%

$

1,857

 

10

%

$

23,754

 

34

%

$

35,143

 

26

%

$

604,414

 

26

%

$

639,557

 

26

%

$

 

$

25,636

 

37

%

Commercial business loans

 

750

 

2

%

2,785

 

15

%

7,394

 

10

%

10,929

 

8

%

321,240

 

14

%

332,169

 

14

%

 

13,255

 

19

%

Commercial construction

 

9,990

 

22

%

1,735

 

9

%

6,986

 

10

%

18,711

 

14

%

86,336

 

4

%

105,047

 

4

%

 

13,407

 

20

%

Total commercial

 

$

20,272

 

45

%

$

6,377

 

34

%

$

38,134

 

54

%

$

64,783

 

48

%

$

1,011,990

 

44

%

$

1,076,773

 

44

%

$

 

$

52,298

 

76

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

3,817

 

9

%

$

1,786

 

9

%

$

7,646

 

11

%

$

13,249

 

10

%

$

651,997

 

28

%

$

665,246

 

27

%

$

 

$

13,515

 

20

%

Residential construction

 

 

%

 

%

783

 

1

%

783

 

1

%

1,311

 

%

2,094

 

%

 

783

 

1

%

Total residential

 

$

3,817

 

9

%

$

1,786

 

9

%

$

8,429

 

12

%

$

14,032

 

11

%

$

653,308

 

28

%

$

667,340

 

27

%

$

 

$

14,298

 

21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity & lines of credit

 

$

1,291

 

3

%

$

406

 

2

%

$

263

 

%

$

1,960

 

1

%

$

256,539

 

11

%

$

258,499

 

11

%

$

 

$

1,110

 

2

%

Personal

 

498

 

1

%

327

 

2

%

187

 

%

1,012

 

1

%

54,838

 

2

%

55,850

 

2

%

 

592

 

1

%

Education

 

15,852

 

36

%

9,963

 

52

%

24,013

 

34

%

49,828

 

37

%

168,068

 

8

%

217,896

 

9

%

24,013

 

 

%

Automobile

 

2,717

 

6

%

227

 

1

%

 

%

2,944

 

2

%

168,002

 

7

%

170,946

 

7

%

 

119

 

%

Total consumer

 

$

20,358

 

46

%

$

10,923

 

57

%

$

24,463

 

34

%

$

55,744

 

41

%

$

647,447

 

28

%

$

703,191

 

29

%

$

24,013

 

$

1,821

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

44,447

 

100

%

$

19,086

 

100

%

$

71,026

 

100

%

$

134,559

 

100

%

$

2,312,745

 

100

%

$

2,447,304

 

100

%

$

24,013

 

$

68,417

 

100

%

 


(1)         Non-accruing loans do not include $2.3 million of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, which have been recorded at their fair value at acquisition.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

 

The Bank determines whether a restructuring of debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) in accordance with guidance under FASB ASC Topic 310 Receivables. The Bank considers a loan a TDR when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Bank grants a concession that they would not otherwise consider but for the borrower’s financial difficulties.  A TDR includes a modification of debt terms or assets received in satisfaction of the debt (including a foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure) or a combination of types.  The Bank evaluates selective criteria to determine if a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, including the ability of the borrower to obtain funds from sources other than the Bank at market rates.  The Bank considers all TDR loans as impaired loans and, generally, they are put on non-accrual status.  The Bank will not consider the loan a TDR if the loan modification was made for customer retention purposes. The Bank’s policy for returning a loan to accruing status requires the preparation of a well documented credit evaluation which includes the following:

 

·                  A review of the borrower’s current financial condition in which the borrower must demonstrate sufficient cash flow to support the repayment of all principal and interest including any amounts previously charged-off;

·                  An updated appraisal or home valuation which must demonstrate sufficient collateral value to support the debt;

·                  Sustained performance based on the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months; and

·                  Approval by the Special Assets Committee which consists of the Chief Credit Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and other members of senior management.

 

The Bank had 35 loans totaling $28.4 million, 31 loans totaling $20.8 million, and 36 loans totaling $23.7 million whose terms were modified in a manner that met the criteria for a TDR as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, 10 of the TDRs were commercial real estate loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $8.6 million, 12 were commercial business loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $16.0 million, 4 were commercial construction with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.3 million, 4 were residential real estate loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $2.1 million, and the remaining 5 were consumer loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $394 thousand. The Company had four accruing TDRs in the amount of $10.1 million as of December 31, 2013 that were modified during the year. As of December 31, 2012, 10 of the TDRs were commercial real estate loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $7.8 million, 7 were commercial business loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $9.2 million, 3 were commercial construction with an aggregate outstanding balance of $2.7 million, 2 were residential real estate loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $145 thousand, and the remaining 9 were consumer loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $908 thousand. The Company had accruing TDRs in the amount of $5.5 million as of December 31, 2012 that were modified during the year. As of December 31, 2011, 11 of the TDRs were commercial real estate loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $7.8 million, 10 were commercial business loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $9.9 million, one was a commercial construction loan with an outstanding balance of $3.9 and the remaining 14 loans were residential real estate loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $2.1 million.

 

96



Table of Contents

 

The following tables summarize information about TDRs as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2013

 

(Dollars in thousands, except number of loans)

 

No. of Loans

 

Balance

 

Loans modified during the period in a manner that met the definition of a TDR

 

11

 

$

14,437

 

Modifications granted:

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction of outstanding principal due

 

1

 

 

Deferral of principal amounts due

 

3

 

2,132

 

Temporary reduction in interest rate

 

 

 

Deferral of interest due

 

 

 

Below market interest rate granted

 

3

 

2,183

 

Release of collateral

 

4

 

10,122

 

Outstanding principal balance immediately before modification

 

11

 

14,576

 

Outstanding principal balance immediately after modification

 

11

 

14,437

 

Aggregate principal charge-off recognized on TDRs outstanding at period end since origination

 

19

 

11,942

 

Outstanding principal balance at period end

 

35

 

28,445

 

TDRs that re-defaulted subsequent to being modified (in the past twelve months)

 

5

 

2,372

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2012

 

(Dollars in thousands, except number of loans)

 

No. of Loans

 

Balance

 

Loans modified during the period in a manner that met the definition of a TDR

 

13

 

$

9,066

 

Modifications granted:

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction of outstanding principal due

 

2

 

5,493

 

Deferral of principal amounts due

 

11

 

3,573

 

Temporary reduction in interest rate

 

 

 

Deferral of interest due

 

 

 

Below market interest rate granted

 

 

 

Outstanding principal balance immediately before modification

 

13

 

10,761

 

Outstanding principal balance immediately after modification

 

13

 

9,066

 

Aggregate principal charge-off recognized on TDRs outstanding at period end since origination

 

13

 

7,693

 

Outstanding principal balance at period end

 

31

 

20,830

 

TDRs that re-defaulted subsequent to being modified (in the past twelve months)

 

 

 

 

97



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2011

 

(Dollars in 000’s, except number of loans)

 

No. of Loans

 

Balance

 

Loans modified during the period in a manner that met the definition of a TDR

 

4

 

$

1,801

 

Modifications granted:

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction of outstanding principal due

 

 

 

Deferral of principal amounts due

 

1

 

43

 

Temporary reduction in interest rate

 

1

 

60

 

Deferral of interest due

 

2

 

1,698

 

Below market interest rate granted

 

 

 

Outstanding principal balance immediately before and after modification

 

4

 

1,801

 

Aggregate principal charge-off recognized on TDRs outstanding at period end since origination

 

13

 

5,545

 

Outstanding principal balance at period end

 

36

 

23,709

 

TDRs that re-defaulted subsequent to being modified (in the past twelve months)

 

 

 

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Impaired Loans

 

Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures the extent of the impairment in accordance with guidance under FASB ASC Topic 310 for Receivables.  The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, liquidation value or discounted cash flows.  However, collateral value is predominantly used to assess the fair value of an impaired loan. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the collateral or expected repayments exceed the recorded investments in such loans.

 

Components of Impaired Loans

 

Impaired Loans

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Recorded 
Investment

 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

 

Related 
Allowance

 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized

 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 
Using Cash 
Basis

 

Impaired loans with no related specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

$

20,613

 

$

28,116

 

$

 

$

23,889

 

$

 

$

 

Commercial Business

 

26,022

 

30,264

 

 

12,521

 

 

 

Commercial Construction

 

2,518

 

6,214

 

 

8,745

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

11,393

 

11,955

 

 

12,295

 

 

 

Residential Construction

 

130

 

338

 

 

447

 

 

 

Home Equity and Lines of Credit

 

953

 

971

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

Personal

 

107

 

107

 

 

208

 

 

 

Education

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto

 

151

 

151

 

 

147

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans:

 

$

61,887

 

$

78,116

 

$

 

$

59,392

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

49,153

 

64,594

 

 

45,155

 

 

 

Residential

 

11,523

 

12,293

 

 

12,742

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1,211

 

1,229

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

Total

 

$

61,887

 

$

78,116

 

$

 

$

59,392

 

$

 

$

 

 

The impaired loans table above includes $10.1 million of accruing TDRs that were modified during 2013 and are performing in accordance with their modified terms.  The impaired loans table above does not include $499 thousand of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, which have been recorded at their fair value at acquisition.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Impaired Loans

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Recorded 
Investment

 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

 

Related 
Allowance

 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized

 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 
Using Cash 
Basis

 

Impaired loans with no related specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

$

25,636

 

$

36,691

 

$

 

$

29,310

 

$

 

$

 

Commercial Business

 

18,747

 

25,128

 

 

21,439

 

279

 

 

Commercial Construction

 

13,407

 

24,016

 

 

24,043

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

13,515

 

14,374

 

 

12,718

 

 

 

Residential Construction

 

783

 

783

 

 

1,491

 

 

 

Home Equity and Lines of Credit

 

1,110

 

1,127

 

 

1,040

 

 

 

Personal

 

592

 

743

 

 

535

 

 

 

Education

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto

 

119

 

126

 

 

71

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans:

 

$

73,909

 

$

102,988

 

$

 

$

90,647

 

$

279

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

57,790

 

$

85,835

 

$

 

$

74,792

 

$

279

 

$

 

Residential

 

14,298

 

15,157

 

 

14,209

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1,821

 

1,996

 

 

1,646

 

 

 

Total

 

$

73,909

 

$

102,988

 

$

 

$

90,647

 

$

279

 

$

 

 

The impaired loans table above includes $5.5 million of accruing TDRs that were modified during 2012 and are performing in accordance with their modified terms.  We recorded $279 thousand of interest income related to these accruing TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2012.  The impaired loans table above does not include $2.3 million of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, which have been recorded at their fair value at acquisition.

 

Impaired Loans

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Recorded 
Investment

 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

 

Related 
Allowance

 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized

 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 
Using Cash 
Basis

 

Impaired loans with no related specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

$

29,367

 

$

42,143

 

$

 

$

30,075

 

$

 

$

 

Commercial Business

 

26,959

 

34,182

 

 

25,051

 

 

 

Commercial Construction

 

36,222

 

60,114

 

 

41,087

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

12,477

 

13,139

 

 

14,998

 

 

 

Residential Construction

 

1,850

 

1,850

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

Home Equity and Lines of Credit

 

499

 

504

 

 

428

 

 

 

Personal

 

436

 

830

 

 

575

 

 

 

Education

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto

 

97

 

97

 

 

95

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans:

 

$

107,907

 

$

152,859

 

$

 

$

113,315

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

92,548

 

$

136,439

 

$

 

$

96,213

 

$

 

$

 

Residential

 

14,327

 

14,989

 

 

16,004

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1,032

 

1,431

 

 

1,098

 

 

 

Total

 

$

107,907

 

$

152,859

 

$

 

$

113,315

 

$

 

$

 

 

The Company charged-off the collateral or discounted cash flow deficiency on all impaired loans and as a result, no specific valuation allowance was required for any impaired loans at December 31, 2013. Interest income that would

 

100



Table of Contents

 

have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, had impaired loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to approximately $3.5 million.

 

Non-performing loans (which includes non-accrual loans and loans past 90 days or more and still accruing) at December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to approximately $76.2 million and $92.4 million, respectively, and include $24.4 million and $24.0 million in guaranteed student loans, respectively.

 

9.                          ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

 

The following table provides information on accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

% of Total

 

Amount

 

% of Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

13

 

0.09

%

$

57

 

0.37

%

Investment securities

 

3,788

 

27.06

%

4,269

 

27.76

%

Loans

 

10,198

 

72.85

%

11,055

 

71.87

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total accrued interest receivable

 

$

13,999

 

100.00

%

$

15,381

 

100.00

%

 

10.               BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

20,532

 

$

18,129

 

Bank premises

 

41,599

 

38,917

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

23,031

 

24,440

 

Leasehold improvements

 

9,091

 

9,668

 

Construction in progress

 

12,418

 

6,184

 

Total

 

106,671

 

97,338

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(34,918

)

(33,114

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

71,753

 

$

64,224

 

 

The increases in land and Bank premises relate to the construction and opening of two new branches in 2013.  The increase in construction in progress relates to our new headquarters and two new branches that will open in 2014.  Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $6.2 million, $5.8 million, and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

11.               GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets arising from the Company’s acquisitions of SE Financial, FMS Financial Corporation (“FMS”), CLA Agency, Inc. (“CLA”), and Paul Hertel & Company were accounted for in accordance with the accounting guidance in FASB ASC Topic 350 for Intangibles - Goodwill and Other.  The other intangibles are amortizing intangibles, which primarily consist of a core deposit intangible which is amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years.  As of December 31, 2013, the core deposit intangibles net of accumulated amortization totaled $5.4 million.  The remaining balance of other amortizing intangibles includes a customer list intangible amortized over a remaining estimated useful life of 7 years as of December 31, 2013.

 

Goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized on a recurring basis, but rather are subject to periodic impairment testing. Management reviewed qualitative factors for the Bank in 2013 including financial performance, market changes and general economic conditions and noted there was not a significant change in any of these factors as compared to 2012.  Accordingly, it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit continued to be in excess of its carrying amount as of December 31, 2013.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

During 2013, management reviewed qualitative factors for the Bank, which represents $112.7 million of our goodwill balance, including financial performance, market changes and general economic conditions and noted there was not a significant change in any of these factors as compared to 2012.  Accordingly, it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Banking unit continued to be in excess of its carrying amount as of December 31, 2013.  Additionally during 2013, we assessed the qualitative factors related to Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, which represents $9.3 million of our goodwill balance and determined that the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test was warranted. Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC has experienced declining revenues and profitability over the past few years. We performed a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment for Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC based on estimates of the fair value of equity using discounted cash flow analyses as well as guideline company and guideline transaction information. The inputs and assumptions were incorporated in the valuations including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, the fair value of tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, and applicable valuation multiples based on the guideline information. Based on our December 31, 2013  annual impairment assessment of Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC and their current and projected financial results, we believe that the fair value is in excess of the carrying amount.  As a result, management concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2013.  Although, we concluded that no impairment of goodwill existed for Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, any further declines in financial performance for Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC could result in potential goodwill impairment in future periods.

 

During 2012, management reviewed qualitative factors for the Bank including financial performance, market changes and general economic conditions and noted there was not a significant change in any of these factors as compared to 2011.  Accordingly, it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Banking unit continued to be in excess of its carrying amount as of December 31, 2012.  Additionally during 2012, the Company assessed the qualitative factors related to Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC and determined that the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test was warranted based on declining revenues. The Company performed this impairment test which estimates the fair value of equity using discounted cash flow analyses as well as guideline company and guideline transaction information. The inputs and assumptions are incorporated in the valuations including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, the fair value of tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, and applicable valuation multiples based on the guideline information. Based on the Company’s December 31, 2013 annual impairment assessment of Beneficial Insurance Services, LLC, management believes that the fair value is in excess of the carrying amount.  As a result, management concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2012.

 

Other intangible assets subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment in accordance with authoritative guidance. An impairment loss will be recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible is not considered recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset.  During 2013, management reviewed qualitative factors that serve as indicators of impairment and concluded that there was no indication of impairment as of December 31, 2013.

 

During 2012, management recorded an impairment charge of $773 thousand related to the insurance agency’s customer list intangible due to the fact that the expected cash flows from the customer list intangible were less than the carrying amount of the customer list intangible.  The impairment charge was determined by the difference between the fair value of the customer list intangible and the carrying amount of the customer list intangible.

 

Goodwill and other intangibles at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Goodwill

 

Core Deposit 
Intangible

 

Customer 
Relationships

and other

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

 

$

121,973

 

$

6,927

 

$

2,952

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(1,503

)

(369

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

121,973

 

$

5,424

 

$

2,583

 

 

102



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes amortizing intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Gross

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

Amortizing Intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core Deposits

 

$

23,923

 

$

(18,499

)

$

5,424

 

$

23,923

 

$

(16,996

)

$

6,927

 

Customer Relationships and Other

 

10,251

 

(7,668

)

2,583

 

10,251

 

(7,299

)

2,952

 

Total Amortizing Intangibles

 

$

34,174

 

$

(26,167

)

$

8,007

 

$

34,174

 

$

(24,295

)

$

9,879

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense was $1.9 million, $3.4 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is expected to be as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year

 

Expense

 

2014

 

1,870

 

2015

 

1,868

 

2016

 

1,867

 

2017

 

1,149

 

2018

 

424

 

2019 and thereafter

 

829

 

 

12.               OTHER ASSETS

 

The following table provides selected information on other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

 

Investments in affordable housing and other partnerships

 

$

12,541

 

$

14,507

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

20,049

 

19,885

 

Prepaid assets

 

2,203

 

7,336

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

48,612

 

47,079

 

Other real estate

 

5,861

 

11,751

 

Fixed assets held for sale

 

 

441

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

1,524

 

1,302

 

All other assets

 

13,210

 

11,441

 

Total other assets

 

$

104,000

 

$

113,742

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $1.3 million, $3.1 million and $781 thousand, respectively, of other real estate owned losses, which consists of property write downs from updated appraisals as well as the loss on the sale of properties.  In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $875 thousand, $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of other real estate owned expenses.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $1.5 million of additional amortization on low income housing partnership investments.  There was no additional amortization recorded on low income housing partnership investments during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

In connection with the SE Financial merger, the Company determined that one owned branch would be consolidated into an existing branch location and sold.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, this branch location was sold and a gain of $588 thousand was recorded in merger and restructuring charges in non-interest expense.

 

The Company follows the authoritative guidance under ASC 860-50 - Servicing Assets and Liabilities to account for its MSRs.  The Company has elected the fair value measurement method to value its existing mortgage servicing assets at fair value in accordance with ASC 860-50.  Under the fair value measurement method, the Company

 

103



Table of Contents

 

measures its MSRs at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in the fair value of its MSRs in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.  See Note 24 to these consolidated financial statements.

 

13.               DEPOSITS

 

Deposits consisted of the following major classifications at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

% of Total

 

 

 

% of Total

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

Deposits

 

2012

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

291,109

 

7.9

%

$

328,892

 

8.4

%

Interest-earning checking accounts

 

686,582

 

18.8

%

663,737

 

16.9

%

Municipal checking accounts

 

383,043

 

10.5

%

611,599

 

15.6

%

Money market accounts

 

441,881

 

12.1

%

496,508

 

12.6

%

Savings accounts

 

1,127,339

 

30.8

%

1,037,424

 

26.4

%

Certificates of deposit

 

730,062

 

19.9

%

789,353

 

20.1

%

Total deposits

 

$

3,660,016

 

100.0

%

$

3,927,513

 

100.0

%

 

The decrease in deposits of $267.5 million was primarily the result of $228.6 million decrease of municipal deposits which was consistent with the planned run-off associated with our re-pricing of higher cost, non-relationship based municipal accounts.

 

Time deposit accounts outstanding at December 31, 2013 mature as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year

 

Balance

 

2014

 

$

376,057

 

2015

 

128,936

 

2016

 

123,842

 

2017

 

58,040

 

2018

 

42,919

 

2019 and thereafter

 

268

 

 

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit accounts in denominations of $100 thousand or more totaled $135.2 million and $137.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The FDIC has permanently raised deposit insurance per account owner to $250 thousand for all types of accounts.

 

14.               BORROWED FUNDS

 

A summary of borrowings is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

195,000

 

$

140,000

 

Repurchase agreements

 

30,000

 

85,000

 

Statutory trust debenture

 

25,370

 

25,352

 

Total borrowings

 

$

250,370

 

$

250,352

 

 

104



Table of Contents

 

Advances from the FHLB that bear fixed interest rates with remaining periods until maturity are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

30,000

 

$

20,000

 

Due after one year through five years

 

165,000

 

100,000

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

20,000

 

Total FHLB advances

 

$

195,000

 

$

140,000

 

 

Repurchase agreements that bear fixed interest rates with remaining periods until maturity are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

30,000

 

$

55,000

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

30,000

 

Total

 

$

30,000

 

$

85,000

 

 

Included as “FHLB advances” at December 31, 2013 and 2012 in the above table are FHLB borrowings whereby the FHLB has the option at predetermined times to convert the fixed interest rate to an adjustable rate tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). If the FHLB converts the interest rate, the Company would have the option to prepay these advances without penalty. These advances are included in the periods in which they mature. At December 31, 2013, $50.0 million, or 25.6% of the FHLB advances, are convertible at the option of the FHLB.  FHLB advances are collateralized under a blanket collateral lien agreement.

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB system, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks.  The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions.  At December 31, 2013 the Bank had a maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB Pittsburgh of $1.1 billion of which we had $195.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $800 thousand in outstanding letters of credit.  The balance remaining of $904.4 million is our unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2013.  The Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB.  The Bank was in compliance with requirements for FHLB Pittsburgh with an investment of $17.4 million at December 31, 2013.

 

The weighted average interest rates of the borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Weighted average interest rate during period:

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

2.87

%

2.92

%

Repurchase agreements

 

3.65

 

3.60

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

0.26

 

0.15

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia overnight borrowings

 

0.75

 

0.77

 

Statutory Trust Debenture

 

1.98

 

2.18

 

Other

 

0.58

 

0.62

 

 

The Company pledges loans to secure its borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.  Loans totaling $230.2 million and $254.2 million were pledged to secure borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions, and the obligation to repurchase is reflected as a liability in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains recorded as an asset and carried in the Company’s securities portfolio.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding repurchase agreements were $30.0 million and $85.0 million, respectively, with a weighted average maturity of 0.85 and 0.93 years, respectively, and a weighted average cost of 3.78% and 3.41%, respectively. The average balance of repurchase agreements during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $53.5 million and $99.9 million, respectively. The maximum amount outstanding at any month end period during 2013 and 2012 was $85.0 million and $125.0 million, respectively.

 

105



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding repurchase agreements were secured by GSE Mortgage-Backed Securities. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the market value of the securities held as collateral for repurchase agreements was $33.2 million and $96.2 million, respectively.

 

The Company assumed FMS Financial’s obligation to the FMS Statutory Trust II (the “Trust”) as part of the acquisition of FMS Financial on July 13, 2007. The Company’s debentures to the Trust as of December 31, 2013 were $25.8 million. The fair value of the debenture was recorded as of the acquisition date at $25.3 million. The difference between market value and the Company’s debenture is being amortized as interest expense over the expected life of the debt. The Trust issued $25.8 million of floating rate capital securities and $759 thousand of common securities to the Company. The Trust’s capital securities are fully guaranteed by the Company’s debenture to the Trust. The Company’s investment in the capital securities is included in “all other assets” in other assets on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. As of December 31, 2013, the rate was 1.82% based on 3 Month LIBOR plus a 1.58% margin. The debentures are now redeemable at the Company’s option. The redemption of the debentures would result in the mandatory redemption of the Trust’s capital and common securities at par. The statutory trust debenture is wholly owned by the Company, however under accounting guidance, it is not a consolidated entity because the Company is not the primary beneficiary.

 

15.               REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes that, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent date for which information is available, the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s categorization since the most recent notification from the FDIC.

 

106



Table of Contents

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios (under rules established by the FDIC) are presented in the following table for the dates indicated:

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well 
Capitalized
Under Prompt 
Corrective
Action Provisions

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Capital 
Amount

 

Ratio

 

Capital 
Amount

 

Ratio

 

Capital 
Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

$

456,285

 

10.22

%

$

134,000

 

3.00

%

$

223,333

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

456,285

 

20.57

%

88,740

 

4.00

%

133,109

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

484,370

 

21.83

%

177,479

 

8.00

%

221,849

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

$

454,505

 

9.53

%

$

143,057

 

3.00

%

$

238,428

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

454,505

 

19.23

%

94,517

 

4.00

%

141,776

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

484,462

 

20.50

%

189,034

 

8.00

%

236,293

 

10.00

%

 

16.      INCOME TAXES

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return.  The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 includes the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current federal taxes

 

$

(4,513

)

$

1,290

 

$

3,938

 

Current state and local taxes

 

(219

)

604

 

197

 

Deferred federal and state taxes benefit

 

7,327

 

(135

)

(6,048

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,595

 

$

1,759

 

$

(1,913

)

 

107



Table of Contents

 

A reconciliation from the expected federal income tax expense (benefit) computed at the statutory federal income tax rate to the actual income tax expense (benefit) included in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax at statutory rate

 

$

5,310

 

35.00

%

$

5,578

 

35.00

%

$

3,193

 

35.00

%

Increase (reduction) in taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax-exempt income

 

(1,626

)

(10.72

)

(1,640

)

(10.29

)

(1,870

)

(20.50

)

State and local income taxes

 

679

 

4.48

 

643

 

4.03

 

923

 

10.11

 

Employee benefit programs

 

(409

)

(2.70

)

(205

)

(1.29

)

178

 

1.95

 

Federal income tax credits

 

(1,927

)

(12.70

)

(2,025

)

(12.71

)

(2,845

)

(31.18

)

Valuation allowances — charitable contributions

 

269

 

1.77

 

 

 

(593

)

(6.50

)

Valuation allowances — state and local income taxes/OTTI

 

191

 

1.25

 

(98

)

(0.61

)

(486

)

(5.32

)

Other

 

108

 

0.72

 

(494

)

(3.09

)

(413

)

(4.53

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,595

 

17.10

%

$

1,759

 

11.04

%

$

(1,913

)

(20.97

)%

 

108



Table of Contents

 

Items that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve for bad debts

 

$

20,450

 

$

21,225

 

Pension and postretirement liabilities (ASC 715)

 

9,676

 

14,678

 

Pension and postretirement benefits

 

 

4,031

 

Federal income tax credits

 

11,663

 

4,591

 

Deferred compensation

 

5,757

 

5,291

 

Non-accrual interest on loans

 

 

3,465

 

State net operating loss carryover / state credits

 

1,478

 

1,448

 

Purchase accounting adjustments

 

2,638

 

4,451

 

Charitable contribution carryforward

 

357

 

270

 

Lease accounting

 

675

 

603

 

OREO

 

1,249

 

1,957

 

Federal net operating loss carryover

 

33

 

33

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

2,950

 

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

2,542

 

2,144

 

 

 

59,468

 

64,187

 

Less: Valuation Allowance

 

(1,431

)

(971

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

58,037

 

63,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

10,911

 

Pension and postretirement benefits

 

4,830

 

 

Intangibles

 

2,412

 

2,498

 

Premises and equipment

 

230

 

857

 

Prepaid expenses and deferred loan costs

 

1,393

 

1,376

 

Mortgage servicing rights and other

 

560

 

495

 

Total

 

9,425

 

16,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

48,612

 

$

47,079

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had net deferred tax assets totaling $48.6 million. These deferred tax assets can only be realized if the Company generates taxable income in the future.  The Company regularly evaluates the realizability of deferred tax asset positions. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, the Company considers the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented. The Company currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state net operating losses, other-than-temporary impairments, and a charitable contribution carryover that, if not fully utilized, will expire in 2015, that management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The Company expects to realize the remaining deferred tax assets over the allowable carryback and/or carryforward periods. Therefore, no valuation allowance is deemed necessary against its remaining federal or state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013.  However, if an unanticipated event occurred that materially changed pre-tax book income and taxable income in future periods, an increase in the valuation allowance may become necessary and it could be material to the Company’s financial statements.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has state and local net operating loss carryovers of $54.4 million and Pennsylvania tax credits of $6 thousand, resulting in deferred tax assets of $1.5 million.  These state and local net operating loss carryovers will begin to expire after December 31, 2014 if not utilized.  A valuation allowance of $1.0 million for these deferred tax assets, other than the Bank’s state net operating loss, has been recorded as of December 

 

109



Table of Contents

 

31, 2013, as management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, management maintained a valuation allowance of $154 thousand related to a deferred tax asset associated with the write down of certain equity securities, for which management believes that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2013, management recorded a valuation allowance of $269 thousand related to a deferred tax asset associated with a $770 thousand gross charitable contribution carryover from 2010 that, if not fully utilized, will expire at December 31, 2015, for which management believes that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

During 2013 and 2012, $8.9 million and $2.8 million in net deferred tax assets and liabilities, respectively, were recorded as adjustments to other comprehensive income tax accounts.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $6.4 million of net deferred tax assets related to the acquisition and merger of SE Financial.

 

The Company also has the following carryover items: (1) a gross federal net operating loss of $96 thousand which is limited in usage under IRS rules to $108 thousand per year and will expire at the end of 2022 if not utilized; (2) low income housing tax credits of $9.4 million that will begin to expire in 2031 if not utilized; and (3) an alternative minimum tax credit of $2.2 million which has an indefinite life.

 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 for Income Taxes.  The guidance clarifies the accounting and reporting for income taxes where interpretation of the tax law may be uncertain. The FASB prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of income tax uncertainties with respect to positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  The uncertain tax liability for uncertain tax positions was zero at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.  The tax years 2010 through 2012 remain subject to examination by the IRS, Pennsylvania and Philadelphia taxing authorities.  The 2012 tax year remains subject to examination by New Jersey taxing authorities.  For 2013, the Bank’s maximum federal income tax rate was 35%.

 

The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of income.  No interest or penalties were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Pursuant to accounting guidance, the Company is not required to provide deferred taxes on its tax loan loss reserve as of December 31, 1987.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had unrecognized deferred income taxes of approximately $2.3 million with respect to this reserve. This reserve could be recognized as taxable income and create a current and/or deferred tax liability using the income tax rates then in effect if one of the following occur: (1) the Bank’s retained earnings represented by this reserve are used for distributions in liquidation or for any other purpose other than to absorb losses from bad debts; (2) the Bank fails to qualify as a Bank, as provided by the Internal Revenue Code; or (3) there is a change in federal tax law.

 

17.                   PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Bank has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering many of its employees.  Additionally, the Company sponsors nonqualified supplemental employee retirement plans for certain participants.  The Bank also provides certain postretirement benefits to qualified former employees.  These postretirement benefits principally pertain to certain health and life insurance coverage. Information relating to these employee benefits program are included in the tables that follow.

 

Effective June 30, 2008, the defined pension benefits for Bank employees were frozen at the current levels.    Additionally, the Bank enhanced its 401(k) Plan and combined it with its Employee Stock Ownership Plan to fund employer contributions. See Note 18 to these consolidated financial statements.

 

110



Table of Contents

 

The following tables present a reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations and assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Pension

 

Other 
Postretirement

 

 

 

Benefits

 

Benefits

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change in Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

91,746

 

$

82,667

 

$

27,154

 

$

25,296

 

Service cost

 

 

 

211

 

250

 

Interest cost

 

3,571

 

3,700

 

907

 

1,054

 

Participants’ contributions

 

 

 

60

 

83

 

Actuarial (gain)/loss

 

(9,296

)

8,863

 

(4,626

)

2,272

 

Benefits paid

 

(3,467

)

(3,484

)

(1,554

)

(1,801

)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

82,554

 

$

91,746

 

$

22,152

 

$

27,154

 

Change in Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

 

$

59,976

 

$

53,338

 

$

 

$

 

Actual return on assets

 

5,162

 

8,220

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

24,351

 

2,396

 

1,494

 

1,718

 

Participants’ contributions

 

 

 

60

 

83

 

Expense

 

(543

)

(494

)

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(3,467

)

(3,484

)

(1,554

)

(1,801

)

Fair value of assets at end of year

 

$

85,479

 

$

59,976

 

$

 

$

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the funded status of the pension and postretirement benefits at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

Pension

 

Other
Postretirement Benefits

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

82,554

 

$

91,746

 

$

22,152

 

$

27,154

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

85,479

 

59,976

 

 

 

Accrued pension (benefit) cost

 

$

(2,925

)

$

31,770

 

$

22,152

 

$

27,154

 

 

The Company’s pension benefits funding policy is to contribute annually an amount, as determined by consulting actuaries and approved by the Retirement Plan Committee, which can be deducted for federal income tax purposes, if required. Based on the Bank’s strong liquidity, in January 2013, the Company contributed $24.0 million to the Consolidated Pension Plan which improved the projected benefit obligation funded status to approximately 95.7% at the time of the contribution.  In 2013 and 2012, respectively, $24.4 million and $2.4 million was contributed to the pension plans under the Bank’s funding policy.

 

The following table presents the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income of the pension and postretirement benefits at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

Pension

 

Other
Postretirement Benefits

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Net loss

 

$

23,909

 

$

33,670

 

$

4,420

 

$

9,518

 

Prior service cost

 

 

 

(2,576

)

(3,102

)

Transition obligation

 

 

 

164

 

327

 

 

The Company’s total accumulated pension benefit obligations at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $82.6 million and $91.7 million, respectively. The accumulated pension obligation equals the projected benefit obligation as a result of the freeze in pension benefits effective June 30, 2008.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

Significant assumptions used to calculate the net periodic pension cost and obligation as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement 
Benefits

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Consolidated Pension Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate for periodic pension cost

 

3.95

%

4.55

%

5.55

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate for benefit obligation

 

4.80

%

3.95

%

4.55

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

7.45

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial Bank Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate for periodic pension cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.85

%

4.50

%

5.55

%

Discount rate for benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.80

%

3.85

%

4.50

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMS Pension Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate for periodic pension cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.85

%

4.50

%

5.55

%

Discount rate for benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.80

%

3.85

%

4.50

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The components of net pension cost are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Component of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

211

 

$

250

 

$

204

 

Interest cost

 

3,571

 

3,700

 

3,816

 

907

 

1,054

 

1,301

 

Expected return on assets

 

(6,100

)

(4,287

)

(4,195

)

 

 

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 

 

164

 

164

 

164

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

 

 

(527

)

(452

)

146

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

2,142

 

1,893

 

945

 

472

 

390

 

173

 

Net periodic pension (benefit) cost

 

$

(387

)

$

1,306

 

$

566

 

$

1,227

 

$

1,406

 

$

1,988

 

 

For benefit obligation measurement purposes, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of postretirement health care costs for the Beneficial Bank postretirement medical plan was as follows: (1) for participants under the age 65, rates were 6.0 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and projected to remain level thereafter; (2) for participants over age 65, rates were 7.0 percent and 6.0 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and projected to remain level thereafter.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company revised the health care trend rate to an initial rate of 7.5 percent for all participants, which is projected to reach an ultimate trend rate of 5.0 percent as of December 31, 2018 and remain level thereafter. With respect to the FMS Financial postretirement medical plan, the annual rate decreased from 8.5 percent at December 31, 2011 to 7.5 percent at December 31, 2013 and is projected to reach an ultimate trend rate of 5.0 percent as of December 31, 2018 and remain level thereafter.

 

The impact of a 1.0 percent increase and decrease in assumed health care cost trend for each future year would be as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

1.0%
Increase

 

1.0%
 Decrease

 

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

 

$

604

 

$

(705

)

Service and interest cost

 

25

 

(25

)

 

The estimated net loss for the pension benefits that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension costs over the next fiscal year is $1.4 million. The estimated transition, net loss and prior service cost for postretirement benefits that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year are $164 thousand, $167 thousand and ($527) thousand, respectively.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

Future benefit payments for all pension and postretirement plans are estimated to be paid as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

 

$

4,036

 

2014

 

$

1,514

 

2015

 

4,194

 

2015

 

1,495

 

2016

 

4,162

 

2016

 

1,476

 

2017

 

4,404

 

2017

 

1,503

 

2018

 

4,485

 

2018

 

1,469

 

2019-2023

 

24,737

 

2019-2023

 

6,859

 

 

The fair values of all pension and postretirement plan assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

Category Used for Fair Value Measurement

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Level 
1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual Funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Large cap

 

$

10,792

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,792

 

$

19,445

 

$

 

$

 

$

19,445

 

Small cap

 

2,506

 

 

 

2,506

 

2,449

 

 

 

2,449

 

International

 

7,070

 

 

 

7,070

 

12,143

 

 

 

12,143

 

Global Managed Volatility

 

6,567

 

 

 

6,567

 

 

 

 

 

US Managed Volatility

 

4,717

 

 

 

4,717

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Income

 

53,632

 

 

 

53,632

 

25,856

 

 

 

25,856

 

Accrued Income

 

195

 

 

 

195

 

83

 

 

 

83

 

Total

 

$

85,479

 

$

 

$

 

$

85,479

 

$

59,976

 

$

 

$

 

$

59,976

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, pension and postretirement plan assets were comprised of investments in equity and fixed income mutual funds. The Bank’s consolidated pension plan investment policy provides that assets are to be managed over a long-term investment horizon to ensure that the chances and duration of investment losses are carefully weighed against the long term potential for asset appreciation. The primary objective of managing a plan’s assets is to improve the plan’s funded status. A secondary financial objective is, where possible, to minimize pension expense volatility. The Company’s pension plan allocates assets based on the plan’s funded status to risk management and return enhancement asset classes. The risk management class is comprised of a long duration fixed income fund while the return enhancement class consists of equity and other fixed income funds. Asset allocation ranges are generally 50% to 60% for risk management and 40% to 50% for return enhancement when the funded status is between 95% and 100%, and 80% to 100% in risk management and 0% to 20% for return enhancement when the funded status reaches 110%, subject to the discretion of the Bank’s Retirement Plan Committee. Also, a small portion is maintained in cash reserves when appropriate. Weighted average asset allocations in plan assets at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

Pension

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Domestic equity securities

 

21.1

%

36.5

%

Fixed Income

 

62.7

%

43.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

International equity securities

 

16.0

%

20.2

%

Accrued income

 

0.2

%

0.2

%

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The Company provides life insurance benefits to eligible employees under an endorsement split-dollar life insurance program.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $19.5 million and $19.0 million, respectively, in cash surrender value

 

113



Table of Contents

 

relating to this program were recognized in “other assets” in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.  The Company recognizes a liability for future benefits applicable to endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements that provide death benefits postretirement.  These liabilities totaled $6.2 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are included in the postretirement tables above.

 

18.                   EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

In connection with its initial public offering, the Company implemented an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), which provides retirement benefits for substantially all full-time employees who were employed at the date of the initial public offering and are at least 21 years of age.  Other salaried employees will be eligible after they have completed one year of service and have attained the age of 21.  The Company makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the ESOP’s debt service or equal to the debt service less the dividends received by the ESOP on unallocated shares.   Shares purchased by the ESOP were acquired using funds provided by a loan from the Company and accordingly the cost of those shares is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. As of July 1, 2008, the ESOP was merged with the Company’s 401(k) plans to form the Employee Savings and Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”). The Company accounts for the KSOP based on guidance from FASB ASC Topic 718 for Compensation — Stock Compensation.  Shares are released as the loan is repaid.

 

The balance of the loan to the KSOP as of December 31, 2013 was $20.2 million compared to $21.7 million at December 31, 2012. All full time employees and certain part time employees are eligible to participate in the KSOP if they meet prescribed service criteria.  Shares will be allocated and released based on the KSOP’s plan document.  While the KSOP is one plan, the two separate components of the 401(k) Plan and ESOP remain. Under the KSOP, the Company makes basic contributions and matching contributions. The Bank makes additional contributions for certain employees based on age and years of service.  The Company may also make discretionary contributions under the KSOP.  Each participant’s account is credited with shares of the Company’s stock or cash based on compensation earned during the year in which the contribution was made.

 

If the Company declares a dividend, the dividends on the allocated shares would be recorded as dividends and charged to retained earnings.  Dividends declared on common stock held by the ESOP which has not been allocated to the account of a participant can be used to repay the loan. Allocation of shares to the participants is contingent upon the repayment of a loan to the Company. The allocated shares in the KSOP were 1,614,572 and 1,434,964 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The suspense shares available were 1,610,200 as of December 31, 2013 and 1,789,808 as of December 31, 2012. The suspense shares are the shares that are unearned and are available to be allocated. The market value of the unearned shares was $17.6 million as of December 31, 2013 and $17.0 million as of December 31, 2012. The Company recorded a related expense of approximately $2.4 million, $2.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively, for contributions to the KSOP for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

19.          STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

 

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 for Compensation — Stock Compensation. The Company establishes fair value for its equity awards to determine their cost. The Company recognizes the related expense for employees over the appropriate vesting period, or when applicable, service period, using the straight-line method. However, consistent with the guidance, the amount of stock-based compensation recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested at that date. As a result, it may be necessary to recognize the expense using a ratable method.

 

The Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) authorizes the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to awards that may be granted in the form of stock options to purchase common stock (“options”) and awards of shares of common stock (“stock awards”). The purpose of the Company’s stock-based incentive plans is to attract and retain personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to provide additional incentive to certain officers, directors and employees. In order to fund grants of stock awards under the EIP, the Equity Incentive Plan Trust (the “EIP Trust”) purchased 1,612,386 shares of Company common stock in the open market for approximately $19.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company made sufficient contributions to the EIP Trust to fund the stock purchases. The acquisition of these shares by the EIP Trust reduced the Company’s outstanding additional paid in capital. The EIP shares will generally vest at a rate of 20% over five years. As of December 31, 2013, 644,775 shares were fully vested and 338,900 shares were forfeited. All grants that were issued contain a service condition in order for the shares to vest. Awards of common stock include awards to certain officers of the Company that will vest only if the Company achieves a return on average assets of 1% or if the Company achieves a return on average assets within the top 25% of the SNL index of nationwide thrifts with total assets between $1.0 billion and $10.0 billion nationwide in the fifth full year subsequent to the grant.

 

114



Table of Contents

 

Compensation expense related to the stock awards is recognized ratably over the five-year vesting period in an amount which totals the market price of the Company’s stock at the grant date. The expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.0 million compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period last year was due to the reversal of $655 thousand of expense for performance based awards as management determined that it was no longer probable that the performance threshold would be met.

 

The following table summarizes the non-vested stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Summary of Non-vested Stock Award Activity

 

Number of 
Shares

 

Weighted 
Average
Grant Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested Stock Awards outstanding, January 1, 2013

 

540,175

 

$

9.66

 

Issued

 

140,000

 

9.24

 

Vested

 

(160,575

)

10.74

 

Forfeited

 

(4,400

)

9.41

 

Non-vested Stock Awards outstanding, December 31, 2013

 

515,200

 

9.21

 

 

The following table summarizes the non-vested stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Summary of Non-vested Stock Award Activity

 

Number of 
Shares

 

Weighted 
Average
Grant Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested Stock Awards outstanding, January 1, 2012

 

691,900

 

$

10.14

 

Issued

 

131,875

 

9.12

 

Vested

 

(149,600

)

10.61

 

Forfeited

 

(134,000

)

10.54

 

Non-vested Stock Awards outstanding, December 31, 2012

 

540,175

 

9.66

 

 

The fair value of the 160,575 shares that vested during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.5 million. The fair value of the 149,600 shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.3 million.

 

The EIP authorizes the grant of options to officers, employees, and directors of the Company to acquire shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the common stock at the grant date. Options expire ten years after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier under the option terms. Options are granted at the then fair market value of the Company’s stock. The options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted 609,500 options compared to 586,000 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2012. All options issued contain conditions requiring the participant’s continued service. The options generally vest and are exercisable over five years. Compensation expense for the options totaled $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

115



Table of Contents

 

A summary of option activity as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the twelve month period is presented below:

 

 

 

Number of Options

 

Weighted Exercise
Price per Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2013

 

2,333,300

 

$

10.34

 

Granted

 

609,500

 

9.24

 

Exercised

 

(19,200

)

8.74

 

Forfeited

 

(20,650

)

9.42

 

Expired

 

(26,100

)

11.03

 

December 31, 2013

 

2,876,850

 

10.12

 

 

A summary of option activity as of December 31, 2012 and changes during the twelve month period is presented below:

 

 

 

Number of Options

 

Weighted Exercise
Price per Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2012

 

2,086,100

 

$

10.74

 

Granted

 

586,000

 

9.12

 

Exercised

 

(12,050

)

8.36

 

Forfeited

 

(179,680

)

10.22

 

Expired

 

(147,070

)

11.39

 

December 31, 2012

 

2,333,300

 

10.34

 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual term was approximately 6.64 years and the aggregate intrinsic value was $3.3 million for options outstanding as of December 31, 2013.  As of December 31, 2013, exercisable options totaled 1,552,040 with an average weighted exercise price of $11.00 per share, a weighted average remaining contractual term of approximately 5.22 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $911 thousand.  The weighted average remaining contractual term was approximately 7.00 years and the aggregate intrinsic value was $730 thousand for options outstanding as of December 31, 2012.  As of December 31, 2012, exercisable options totaled 1,132,860 with an average weighted exercise price of $11.24 per share, a weighted average remaining contractual term of approximately 5.91 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $175 thousand.

 

Significant weighted average assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted

 

$

3.37

 

$

3.50

 

$

3.29

 

Weighted average risk-free rate of return

 

1.08

%

1.41

%

2.17

%

Weighted average expected option life in months

 

78

 

78

 

78

 

Weighted average expected volatility

 

34.69

%

36.08

%

35.18

%

Expected dividends

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $3.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to options and $2.5 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock awards granted under the EIP. As of December 31, 2012, there was $3.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to options and $3.3 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock awards granted under the EIP. The average weighted lives for the option expense were 3.40 and 3.25 years as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012,

 

116



Table of Contents

 

respectively. The average weighted lives for the stock award expense were 3.23 and 2.78 years at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

20.                   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company leases a number of offices as part of its regular business operations.  Rental expense under such leases aggregated $5.3 million, $5.3 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, the Company was committed under non-cancelable operating lease agreements for minimum rental payments to lessors as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,675

 

2015

 

5,313

 

2016

 

4,659

 

2017

 

4,288

 

2018

 

4,117

 

Thereafter

 

37,233

 

 

 

$

61,285

 

 

In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.  The Company has established specific reserves related to loan commitments that are not material to the Company.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had outstanding commitments to purchase or make loans aggregating approximately $38.2 million and $20.8 million, respectively, and commitments to customers on available lines of credit of $166.2 million and $140.0 million, respectively, at competitive rates.  Commitments are issued in accordance with the same policies and underwriting procedures as settled loans.  The Bank had a reserve for its commitments and contingencies of $765 thousand and $624 thousand at year end December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company received notice that it was being investigated by the DOJ for potential violations of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Fair Housing Act relating to the Company’s home-mortgage lending practices from January 1, 2008 to the present.  Specifically, the DOJ indicated that it was looking for statistical and other indicators of a pattern and practice of persistent disparities with regard to home-mortgage lending practices.

 

In December 2012, the FDIC referred the Company to the DOJ as a result of a regularly scheduled fair housing examination that included a statistical analysis of the Company’s denial rates of both minority and non-minority loan applicants for a five year period.  That statistical analysis showed a higher rejection rate for minority applicants, but only considered limited information related to the Company’s credit standards that are applied to all applicants in the decision making process. It was on the basis of this statistical analysis that the DOJ announced its investigation.

 

In response to the DOJ’s investigation, the Company  hired outside counsel and economists to conduct an internal investigation. At this time, and to the best of its knowledge, the Company is not aware of any wrongdoing.

 

In late January 2014, the Company received correspondence from the DOJ indicating that the DOJ had completed its review and determined that the matter did not require enforcement action by the DOJ and was being referred back to the FDIC.  The Company was not able to determine whether further action will be taken at this point with respect to the ultimate resolution of this matter and the Company is in discussions with the FDIC Staff. Until this matter is resolved, it is unlikely that any regulatory applications will be filed related to strategic expansion or regarding a second step conversion.

 

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits against the Bank, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which it holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to its business.  The Bank is not a party to any pending legal proceedings that it believes would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

117



Table of Contents

 

21.                   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted authoritative guidance under FASB ASC Topic 820 for Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  The authoritative guidance does not require any new fair value measurements. The definition of fair value retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. The guidance clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability. The definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price).  The guidance emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement.

 

Fair value is based on quoted market prices, when available.  If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on fair value models that use market participant or independently sourced market data which include: discount rate, interest rate yield curves, credit risk, default rates and expected cash flow assumptions.  In addition, valuation adjustments may be made in the determination of fair value.  These fair value adjustments may include amounts to reflect counter party credit quality, creditworthiness, liquidity and other unobservable inputs that are applied consistently over time.  These adjustments are estimated and, therefore, subject to significant management judgment, and at times, may be necessary to mitigate the possibility of error or revision in the model-based estimate of the fair value provided by the model.  The methods described above may produce fair value calculations that may not be indicative of the net realizable value.  While the Company believes its valuation methods are consistent with other financial institutions, the use of different methods or assumptions to determine fair values could result in different estimates of fair value. FASB ASC Topic 820 for Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1

 

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt securities, equity securities and derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market as well as certain U.S. Treasury securities that are highly liquid and actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

 

 

 

Level 2

 

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities with quoted market prices that are traded less frequently than exchange traded assets and liabilities. The values of these items are determined using pricing models with inputs observable in the market or can be corroborated from observable market data. This category generally includes U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities, corporate debt securities and derivative contracts.

 

 

 

Level 3

 

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

Those assets which will continue to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows at December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Category Used for Fair Value Measurement

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,524

 

$

1,524

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE and agency notes

 

 

12,917

 

 

12,917

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

 

6,019

 

 

6,019

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSE CMOs

 

 

96,429

 

 

96,429

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

 

833,098

 

 

833,098

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General obligation municipal bonds

 

 

51,316

 

 

51,316

 

Revenue municipal bonds

 

 

16,113

 

 

16,113

 

Money market funds

 

17,015

 

 

 

17,015

 

Mutual funds

 

1,261

 

 

 

1,261

 

Certificates of deposit

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

294

 

 

294

 

Total Assets

 

$

18,288

 

$

1,016,186

 

$

1,524

 

$

1,035,998

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

 

$

270

 

$

 

$

270

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

 

$

270

 

$

 

$

270

 

 

118



Table of Contents

 

Those assets which will continue to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows at December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

Category Used for Fair Value Measurement

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,302

 

$

1,302

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE and agency notes

 

 

26,367

 

 

26,367

 

GNMA guaranteed mortgage certificates

 

 

6,986

 

 

6,986

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government (GNMA) guaranteed CMOs

 

 

1,433

 

 

1,433

 

GSE CMOs

 

 

136,524

 

 

136,524

 

Non-Agency CMOs

 

 

20,510

 

 

20,510

 

GSE mortgage-backed securities

 

 

965,682

 

 

965,682

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General obligation municipal bonds

 

 

63,130

 

 

63,130

 

Revenue municipal bonds

 

 

16,883

 

 

16,883

 

Pooled trust preferred securities (financial industry)

 

 

 

8,722

 

8,722

 

Money market funds

 

19,504

 

 

 

19,504

 

Mutual funds

 

1,565

 

 

 

1,565

 

Certificates of deposit

 

185

 

 

 

185

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

395

 

 

395

 

Total Assets

 

$

21,254

 

$

1,237,910

 

$

10,024

 

$

1,269,188

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

 

$

418

 

$

 

$

418

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

 

$

418

 

$

 

$

418

 

 

Level 1 Valuation Techniques and Inputs

 

Included in this category are equity securities, money market funds, mutual funds and certificates of deposit.  To estimate the fair value of these securities, the Company utilizes observable quotations for the indicated security.

 

Level 2 Valuation Techniques and Inputs

 

The majority of the Company’s investment securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. Prices of these securities are obtained through independent, third-party pricing services. Prices obtained through these sources include market derived quotations and matrix pricing and may include both observable and unobservable inputs. Fair market values take into consideration data such as dealer quotes, new issue pricing, trade prices for similar issues, prepayment estimates, cash flows, market credit spreads and other factors. The Company reviews the output from the third-party providers for reasonableness by the pricing consistency among securities with similar characteristics, where available, and comparing values with other pricing sources available to the Company. In general, the Level 2 valuation process uses the following significant inputs in determining the fair value of the different classes of investments:

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) and Agency Notes. For pricing evaluations, an Option Adjusted Spread (OAS) model is incorporated to adjust spreads of issues that have early redemption features.

 

GNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Certificates. Pricing evaluations are based on issuer type, coupon, maturity, and original weighted average maturity. The pricing service’s seasoned evaluation model runs a daily cash flow incorporating projected prepayment speed assumptions to generate an average life for each pool. The appropriate spread is applied to the point on the Treasury curve that is equal to the average life of any given pool. This is the yield by which the cash flows are discounted.  Pool specific evaluation method enhances the information used in the seasoned model by incorporating the current weighted average maturity and taking into account additional pool level information supplied directly by the agency.  Additionally, for adjustable rate mortgages, the model takes into account indices, margin, periodic and life caps, next coupon adjustment date and the convertibility of the bond.

 

GNMA Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. For pricing evaluations, the pricing service, in general, obtains and applies available direct market color (trades, covers, bids, offers and price talk) along with market color for similar bonds and agency CMOs in general (including market research),  prepayment information and Benchmarks (U.S. Treasury curves, swap curves, etc.).  For CMOs, depending upon the characteristics of a given tranche, a volatility-driven, multi-dimensional spread table based single cash flow stream model or an option-adjusted spread (OAS) model is used. Alternatively, the evaluator may utilize market conventions if different from the model-generated assumptions.

 

119



Table of Contents

 

GSE CMOs.  For pricing evaluations, the pricing service, in general, obtains and applies available direct market color (trades, covers, bids, offers and price talk) along with market color for similar bonds and agency CMOs in general (including market research),  prepayment information and Benchmarks (U.S. Treasury curves, swap curves, etc.).  For CMOs, depending upon the characteristics of a given tranche, a volatility-driven, multi-dimensional spread table based, single cash flow stream model or an option-adjusted spread (OAS) model is used.  Alternatively, the evaluator may utilize market conventions if different from the model-generated assumptions.

 

Non-Agency CMOs.  For pricing evaluations, the pricing service, in general, obtains and applies available market color (including indices and market research), prepayment and default projections based on historical statistics of the underlying collateral and current market data, and Benchmarks (U.S. Treasury curves, swap curves, etc.).  For Non-Agency CMOs, depending upon the characteristics of a given tranche, a volatility-driven, multi-dimensional single cash flow stream model or an option-adjusted spread (OAS) model is used.  Alternatively, the evaluator may utilize market conventions if different from the model-generated assumptions.

 

GSE Mortgage-backed Securities. Included in this category are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac fixed rate residential mortgage backed securities and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Adjustable Rate residential mortgage backed securities. Pricing evaluations are based on issuer type, coupon, maturity, and original weighted average maturity. The pricing service’s seasoned evaluation model runs a daily cash flow incorporating projected prepayment speed assumptions to generate an average life for each pool. The appropriate spread is applied to the point on the Treasury curve that is equal to the average life of any given pool. This is the yield by which the cash flows are discounted.  Pool specific evaluation method enhances the information used in the seasoned model by incorporating the current weighted average maturity and taking into account additional pool level information supplied directly by the government sponsored enterprise.  Additionally, for adjustable rate mortgages, the model takes into account indices, margin, periodic and life caps, next coupon adjustment date and the convertibility of the bond.

 

Tax Exempt General Obligation and Revenue Municipal Bonds. For pricing, the pricing service’s evaluators build internal yield curves, which are adjusted throughout the day based on trades and other pertinent market information. Evaluators apply this information to bond sectors, and individual bond evaluations are then extrapolated. Within a given sector, evaluators have the ability to make daily spread adjustments for various attributes that include, but are not limited to, discounts, premiums, credit, alternative minimum tax (AMT), use of proceeds, and callability.

 

Taxable General Obligation and Revenue Municipal Bonds. For pricing, the pricing service’s evaluators build internal yield curves, which are adjusted throughout the day based on trades and other pertinent market information.  Evaluators apply this information to bond sectors, and individual bond evaluations are then extrapolated. Within a given sector, evaluators have the ability to make daily spread adjustments for various attributes that include, but are not limited to, discounts, premiums, credit, alternative minimum tax (AMT), use of proceeds, and callability.

 

Interest Rate Swaps. The Bank obtains fair value measurements of the interest rate swaps from a third party. The fair value measurements are determined using a market standard methodology of netting discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). Variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves. Credit valuation adjustments are incorporated to appropriately reflect the nonperformance risk as well as the counterparty’s nonperformance risk.  The fair value of the interest rate swaps was estimated using primarily Level 2 inputs. However, Level 3 inputs were used to determine credit valuation adjustments, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default. The Bank has determined that the impact of these credit valuation adjustments is not significant to the overall valuation of the interest rate swaps. Therefore, the Bank has classified the entire fair value of the interest rate swaps in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Level 3 Valuation Techniques and Inputs

 

Pooled Trust Preferred Securities. The underlying value of pooled trust preferred securities consists of financial services debt. These investments are thinly traded and the Company determines the estimated fair values for these securities by using observable transactions of similar type securities to obtain an average discount margin which was applied to a cash flow analysis model in determining the fair value of the Bank’s pooled trust preferred securities. The fair market value estimates the Bank assigns to these securities assume liquidation in an orderly fashion and not under distressed circumstances. Due to limited liquidity and credit risk of certain securities, the market value of these securities is highly sensitive to assumption changes and market volatility.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Bank determines the fair value of its MSRs by estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows associated with the servicing rights and discounting the cash flows using market discount rates. The

 

120



Table of Contents

 

valuation included the application of certain assumptions made by management of the Bank, including prepayment projections, and prevailing assumptions used in the marketplace at the time of the valuation.

 

The table below presents all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

Level 3 Investments Only
(Dollars in thousands)

 

Trust Preferred
Securities

 

Mortgage
Servicing Rights

 

Trust Preferred
Securities

 

Mortgage
Servicing Rights

 

Balance, January 1,

 

$

8,722

 

$

1,302

 

$

11,153

 

$

647

 

Additions

 

 

150

 

 

948

 

Included in other comprehensive income

 

1,660

 

 

620

 

 

Payments

 

(4,621

)

(198

)

(3,181

)

(78

)

Net accretion

 

177

 

 

130

 

 

Increase (decrease) in fair value due to changes in valuation input or assumptions

 

 

270

 

 

(215

)

Sales

 

(5,938

)

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

 

$

 

$

1,524

 

$

8,722

 

$

1,302

 

 

The Company also has assets that, under certain conditions, are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value and had a fair value below cost at the end of the period as summarized below.  A loan is impaired when, based on current information, the Company determines that it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement.  The Company’s impaired loans at December 31, 2013 are measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral since the loans are collateral dependent.  Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance
Transferred
YTD

12/31/13

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Gain/(Losses)

 

Impaired loans

 

$

33,148

 

$

 

$

 

$

33,148

 

$

(6,136

)

Other real estate owned

 

1,833

 

 

 

1,833

 

(28

)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance
Transferred
YTD

12/31/12

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Gain/(Losses)

 

Impaired loans

 

$

25,133

 

$

 

$

 

$

25,133

 

$

(2,385

)

Other real estate owned

 

4,508

 

 

 

4,508

 

(231

)

Customer list intangible asset

 

2,952

 

 

 

2,952

 

(773

)

 

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 825 for Financial Instruments, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, the Company is required to disclose the fair value of financial instruments.  The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a distressed sale.  Fair value is best determined using observable market prices; however for many of the Company’s financial instruments no quoted market prices are readily available.  In instances where quoted market prices are not readily available, fair value is determined using present value or other techniques appropriate for the particular instrument.  These techniques involve some degree of judgment, and as a result, are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company would realize in a current market exchange.  Different assumptions or estimation techniques may have a material effect on the estimated fair value.

 

121



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the carrying and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

At
December 31, 2013

 

At
December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Hierarchy Level

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Level 1

 

$

355,683

 

$

355,683

 

$

489,908

 

$

489,908

 

Securities available for sale

 

See previous table

 

1,034,180

 

1,034,180

 

1,267,491

 

1,267,491

 

Securities held to maturity

 

Level 2

 

528,829

 

514,633

 

477,198

 

487,307

 

FHLB stock

 

Level 3

 

17,417

 

17,417

 

16,384

 

16,384

 

Loans, net

 

Level 3

 

2,285,378

 

2,323,627

 

2,387,000

 

2,465,126

 

Loans held for sale

 

Level 2

 

780

 

806

 

2,655

 

2,773

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

Level 3

 

1,524

 

1,524

 

1,302

 

1,302

 

Interest rate swaps

 

Level 2

 

294

 

294

 

395

 

395

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

Level 3

 

13,999

 

13,999

 

15,381

 

15,381

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

Level 2

 

3,660,016

 

3,666,614

 

3,927,513

 

3,938,718

 

Borrowed funds

 

Level 2

 

250,370

 

249,845

 

250,352

 

264,619

 

Interest rate swaps

 

Level 2

 

270

 

270

 

418

 

418

 

Accrued interest payable

 

Level 2

 

2,206

 

2,206

 

2,236

 

2,236

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity - The fair value of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes, yield curve analysis, and prices obtained from independent pricing services.  The fair value of CDOs is determined by using observable transactions of similar type securities to obtain an average discount margin which is applied to a cash flow analysis model.

 

FHLB Stock - The fair value of FHLB stock is estimated at its carrying value and redemption price of $100 per share.

 

Loans, Net - The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit and for the same remaining maturities.  Additionally, to be consistent with the requirements under FASB ASC Topic 820 for Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the loans were valued at a price that represents the Company’s exit price or the price at which these instruments would be sold or transferred.

 

Loans Held for Sale - The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated using the current rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit risk and the same remaining maturities.  Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights - The Company determines the fair value of its MSRs by estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows associated with the servicing rights and discounting the cash flows using market discount rates. The valuation included the application of certain assumptions made by management of the Bank, including prepayment projections, and prevailing assumptions used in the marketplace at the time of the valuation.

 

Interest Rate Swaps - The Company determines the fair value measurements of interest rate swaps using a market standard methodology of netting discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). Variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves. Credit valuation adjustments are incorporated to appropriately reflect the nonperformance risk as well as the counterparty’s nonperformance risk.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable/ Payable - The carrying amounts of interest receivable/ payable approximate fair value.

 

122



Table of Contents

 

Deposits - The fair value of checking and money market deposits and savings accounts is the amount reported in the consolidated financial statements.  The carrying amount of checking, savings and money market accounts is the amount that is payable on demand at the reporting date.  The fair value of time deposits is generally based on a present value estimate using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturity.

 

Borrowed Funds - The fair value of borrowed funds is based on a present value estimate using rates currently offered.  Under FASB ACS Topic 820 for Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the subordinated debenture was valued based on management’s estimate of similar trust preferred securities activity in the market.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit - The majority of the Company’s commitments to extend credit and letters of credit carry current market interest rates if converted to loans.  Because commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are generally unassignable by either the Company or the borrower, they only have value to the Company and the borrower.  The estimated fair value approximates the recorded net deferred fee amounts, which are not significant.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since December 31, 2013 and 2012 and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

 

22.               EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE CHARGES AND OTHER RESTRUCTURING COSTS

 

During the first quarter of 2011, Beneficial’s management completed a comprehensive review of the Bank’s operating cost structure and finalized an expense management reduction program.  As a result of this review, the Bank reduced approximately 4% of its workforce.  Additionally, the Bank made the decision to consolidate 5 of its branch locations into other existing branches.  These actions resulted in a $4.1 million restructuring charge, which consisted of $2.5 million of severance, $672 thousand of payments due under employment contract and other costs, and $947 thousand of fixed asset retirement expense.  During the second quarter of 2011, $978 thousand of severance expense was accrued relating to the departure of an executive officer.  During the second quarter of 2012, the Company accrued for merger and restructuring charges related to the acquisition of SE Financial, as well as the restructuring of a department and the departure of an officer of the Bank that totaled $2.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2013, management determined that the remaining severance accrual and lease termination charge were no longer needed and reversed the $189 thousand accrual. These charges are included in merger and restructuring charges, a component of non-interest expense, within the consolidated statements of income.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Severance

 

Contract termination,
merger and other costs

 

Total

 

Accrued at December 31, 2012

 

$

1,018

 

$

659

 

$

1,677

 

Accrual reversal during the year

 

(159

)

(30

)

(189

)

Paid during the year

 

(675

)

(270

)

(945

)

Accrued at December 31, 2013

 

$

184

 

$

359

 

$

543

 

 

23.               RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain directors, executive officers, principal holders of the Company’s common stock, associates of such persons, and affiliated companies of such persons were indebted, including undrawn commitments to lend, to the Bank in the aggregate amount of $463 thousand and $386 thousand, respectively.

 

Commitments to lend to related parties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were comprised of $4 thousand and $2 thousand, respectively to directors and none to executive officers.  The commitments are in the form of loans and guarantees for various business and personal interests.  This indebtedness was incurred in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time of comparable transactions with unrelated parties.  This indebtedness does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

 

None of the Company’s affiliates, officers, directors or employees have an interest in or receive remuneration from any special purpose entities or qualified special purpose entities which the Company transacts business.

 

The Company maintains a written policy and procedures covering related party transactions.  These procedures cover transactions such as employee-stock purchase loans, personal lines of credit, residential secured loans, overdrafts, letter of credit and increases in indebtedness.  Such transactions are subject to the Bank’s normal

 

123



Table of Contents

 

underwriting and approval policies and procedures.

 

24.               MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

 

The Company follows the authoritative guidance under ASC 860-50 - Servicing Assets and Liabilities to account for its MSRs.  The Company has elected the fair value measurement method to value its existing mortgage servicing assets at fair value in accordance with ASC 860-50.  Under the fair value measurement method, the Company records its MSRs on its consolidated statements of financial condition as a component of other assets at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of service charges and other income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for each period.  As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company serviced $158.0 million and $169.2 million of residential mortgage loans, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $410 thousand, $324 thousand, and $107 thousand of servicing fee income, respectively.

 

The following is an analysis of the activity in the Company’s residential MSRs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1,

 

$

1,302

 

$

647

 

$

268

 

Additions

 

150

 

948

 

507

 

Increase/(decrease) in fair value due to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

changes in valuation input or assumptions

 

270

 

(215

)

(73

)

Paydowns

 

(198

)

(78

)

(55

)

Balance, December 31,

 

$

1,524

 

$

1,302

 

$

647

 

 

The Company uses assumptions and estimates in determining the fair value of MSRs.  These assumptions include prepayment speeds, discount rates, escrow earnings rates and other assumptions.  The assumptions used in the valuation were based on input from buyers, brokers and other qualified personnel, as well as market knowledge.  At December 31, 2013, the key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the Company’s MSRs included a lifetime constant prepayment rate equal to 9.71%, a discount rate equal to 10.00% and an escrow earnings credit rate equal to 1.54%.  At December 31, 2012, the key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the Company’s MSRs included a lifetime constant prepayment rate equal to 16.28%, a discount rate equal to 8.50% and an escrow earnings credit rate equal to 0.81%.

 

124



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2013, the sensitivity of the current fair value of the residential mortgage servicing rights to immediate 10% and 20% favorable and unfavorable changes in key economic assumptions are included in the following table.

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2013

 

Fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights

 

$

1,524

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average life (years)

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment speed

 

 

 

Effect on fair value of a 20% increase

 

$

(101

)

Effect on fair value of a 10% increase

 

(52

)

Effect on fair value of a 10% decrease

 

57

 

Effect on fair value of a 20% decrease

 

117

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

 

Effect on fair value of a 20% increase

 

$

(106

)

Effect on fair value of a 10% increase

 

(54

)

Effect on fair value of a 10% decrease

 

59

 

Effect on fair value of a 20% decrease

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

Escrow earnings credit

 

 

 

Effect on fair value of a 20% increase

 

$

32

 

Effect on fair value of a 10% increase

 

16

 

Effect on fair value of a 10% decrease

 

(14

)

Effect on fair value of a 20% decrease

 

(32

)

 

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance.  As indicated, changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.  Also, in this table, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is calculated without changing any other assumption; while in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which may magnify or counteract the effect of the change.

 

25.               DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company is a party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the needs of commercial banking customers. These financial instruments have been limited to interest rate swap agreements, which are entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and, where appropriate, contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the party at risk. The Company believes that the credit risk inherent in all of the derivative contracts is minimal based on the credit standards and the netting and collateral provisions of the interest rate swap agreements.

 

The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  These derivatives are not designated as hedges and are not speculative.  Rather, these derivatives result from a service the Company provides to certain customers, which the Company implemented during the first quarter of 2012.  As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had six interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $26.3 million related to this program. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized a net gain of $98 thousand and $156 thousand, respectively, related to interest rate swap agreements that are included as a component of services charges and other non-interest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Asset derivatives

 

Liability derivatives

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Notional 
amount

 

Fair value (1)

 

Notional 
amount

 

Fair value (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

13,151

 

$

294

 

$

13,151

 

$

270

 

Total derivatives

 

$

13,151

 

$

294

 

$

13,151

 

$

270

 

 


(1)              Included in other assets in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

(2)              Included in other liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Asset derivatives

 

Liability derivatives

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Notional 
amount

 

Fair value (1)

 

Notional 
amount

 

Fair value (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

10,248

 

$

395

 

$

10,248

 

$

418

 

Total derivatives

 

$

10,248

 

$

395

 

$

10,248

 

$

418

 

 


(1)              Included in other assets in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

(2)              Included in other liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

 

126



Table of Contents

 

The following displays offsetting interest rate swap assets and liabilities for the dates presented:

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross Amounts

 

Net Amounts of

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Offset in the

 

Assets presented in

 

 Statement of Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized 

 

Statement of

 

the Statement of

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 Assets *

 

Financial Condition

 

Financial Condition

 

Instruments

 

Received

 

Net Amount

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

313

 

$

 

$

313

 

$

 

$

51

 

$

262

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross Amounts

 

Net Amounts of

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Offset in the

 

Liabilities presented in

 

Statement of Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Statement of

 

the Statement of

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities *

 

Financial Condition

 

Financial Condition

 

Instruments

 

Posted

 

Net Amount

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

288

 

$

 

$

288

 

$

 

$

 

$

288

 

 


* - Balance includes accrued interest receivable/payable and credit valuation adjustments.

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross Amounts

 

Net Amounts of

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Offset in the

 

Assets presented in

 

 Statement of Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Statement of

 

the Statement of

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Assets *

 

Financial Condition

 

Financial Condition

 

Instruments

 

Received

 

Net Amount

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

409

 

$

 

$

409

 

$

 

$

 

$

409

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross Amounts

 

Net Amounts of

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

Offset in the

 

Liabilities presented in

 

 Statement of Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Statement of

 

the Statement of

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities *

 

Financial Condition

 

Financial Condition

 

Instruments

 

Posted

 

Net Amount

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

432

 

$

 

$

432

 

$

 

$

(503

)

$

(71

)

 


* - Balance includes accrued interest receivable/payable and credit valuation adjustments.

 

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.  The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well or adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the termination value of the interest rate swaps in a liability position was $288 thousand compared to $432 thousand at December 31, 2012. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its counterparty. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not required to post collateral, and at December 31, 2012, the Company posted collateral of $503 thousand. The counterparty posted collateral in the amount of $51 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and was not required to post collateral as of December 31, 2012.  If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2013 it would have been required to settle its obligation under the agreement at the termination value and could have been required to pay any additional amounts due in excess of amounts previously posted as collateral with the counterparty. The Company had not breached any provisions at December 31, 2013.

 

127



Table of Contents

 

26.               PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION - PARENT COMPANY ONLY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash on deposit at the Bank

 

$

3,818

 

$

539

 

Interest-bearing deposit at the Bank

 

32,754

 

32,086

 

Investment in the Bank

 

598,132

 

618,879

 

Investment in Statutory Trust

 

774

 

774

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

12

 

120

 

Receivable from the Bank

 

1,707

 

4,186

 

Other assets

 

3,598

 

2,796

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

640,795

 

$

659,380

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

$

258

 

$

135

 

Accrued interest payable

 

21

 

20

 

Statutory Trust Debenture

 

25,370

 

25,352

 

Total liabilities

 

25,649

 

25,507

 

COMMIITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock - $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

Common Stock - $.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized 82,298,707 and 82,279,507 issued and 77,123,026 and 79,297,478 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

823

 

823

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

356,963

 

354,082

 

Unearned common stock held by employee savings and stock ownership plan

 

(16,102

)

(17,901

)

Retained earnings (partially restricted)

 

342,025

 

329,447

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(21,354

)

(7,027

)

Treasury stock, at cost, 5,175,681 shares and 2,982,029 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

 

(47,209

)

(25,551

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

615,146

 

633,873

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

640,795

 

$

659,380

 

 

128



Table of Contents

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS- PARENT COMPANY ONLY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on interest-bearing deposits with the Bank

 

$

153

 

$

369

 

$

393

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities

 

 

26

 

88

 

Interest on loan to the Bank

 

 

 

282

 

Realized gain on securities available-for-sale

 

 

1,112

 

130

 

Other income

 

15

 

16

 

15

 

Total income

 

168

 

1,523

 

908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses paid to the Bank

 

149

 

104

 

104

 

Interest expense

 

503

 

552

 

512

 

Other expenses

 

1,058

 

445

 

796

 

Total expenses

 

1,710

 

1,101

 

1,412

 

(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense and equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

 

(1,542

)

422

 

(504

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

(540

)

148

 

(177

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income of the Bank

 

13,580

 

13,905

 

11,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS-PARENT COMPANY ONLY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available for sale securities arising during the period (net of deferred tax of $13,403, $44, and $7,075 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively)

 

(22,993

)

(115

)

11,424

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on available for sale securities included in net income (net of tax of $459, $1,063, and $240 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively)

 

(788

)

(1,820

)

(411

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension gains (losses), other postretirement and postemployment benefit plan adjustments (net of tax of $5,002, $1,684, and $6,857 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively)

 

9,454

 

(3,930

)

(10,293

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(14,327

)

(5,865

)

720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(1,749

)

$

8,314

 

$

11,756

 

 

129



Table of Contents

 

Beneficial Mutual Bancorp, Inc.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW- PARENT COMPANY ONLY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

12,578

 

$

14,179

 

$

11,036

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net earnings of subsidiaries

 

(13,580

)

(13,905

)

(11,363

)

Investment securities gain

 

 

(1,112

)

(131

)

Impairment on equity securities

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

 

14

 

Accrued interest payable

 

1

 

(6

)

3

 

Net intercompany transactions

 

7,159

 

2,550

 

26,529

 

Amortization of debt premium on debenture

 

18

 

18

 

17

 

Changes in assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

123

 

(457

)

516

 

Other assets

 

(802

)

161

 

724

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

5,497

 

1,428

 

27,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

3,589

 

682

 

Net change in money market securities

 

108

 

(1

)

7

 

Cash paid in business combination

 

 

(29,438

)

 

Net cash (used) provided by investing activities

 

108

 

(25,850

)

689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend from the Bank

 

20,000

 

10,000

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(21,658

)

(8,751

)

(3,346

)

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

 

(1,658

)

1,249

 

(3,346

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

3,947

 

(23,173

)

24,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

32,625

 

55,798

 

31,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

 

$

36,572

 

$

32,625

 

$

55,798

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW AND NON-CASH INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for interest

 

$

486

 

$

528

 

$

498

 

Cash payments of income taxes

 

4

 

68

 

47

 

 

130



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date: March 10, 2014

By:

/s/ Gerard P. Cuddy

 

 

Gerard P. Cuddy

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gerard P. Cuddy

 

President, Chief Executive Officer

 

March 10, 2014

Gerard P. Cuddy

 

and Director

 

 

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas D. Cestare

 

Executive Vice President and Chief

 

March 10, 2014

Thomas D. Cestare

 

Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(principal financial and

 

 

 

 

accounting officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Edward G. Boehne

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Edward G. Boehne

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Karen Dougherty Buchholz

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Karen Dougherty Buchholz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frank A. Farnesi

 

Director and Chairman of the Board

 

March 10, 2014

Frank A. Farnesi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Donald F. Gayhardt, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Donald F. Gayhardt, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Elizabeth H. Gemmill

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Elizabeth H. Gemmill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas J. Lewis

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Thomas J. Lewis

 

 

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

/s/ Joseph J. McLaughlin

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Joseph J. McLaughlin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George W. Nise

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

George W. Nise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Marcy C. Panzer

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Marcy C. Panzer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roy D. Yates

 

Director

 

March 10, 2014

Roy D. Yates